CONTENTS

Jedda, a new genus of Thymelaeaceae (subtribe Linostomatinae) from

Australia

J.R. Clarkson... ...

Planichloa (Poaceae, Chloridoideae, Eragrostideae), a new grass genus

from northern Queensland

B.K. Simon eer

Four new species of /pomoea L. CORY INI AE) from Australia

R.W. Johnson bos fe TR Fosak oe Biers Stes Meee =

The genus Goniothalamus (Blume)J.D. Hook. & Thomson (Annonaceae)

in Australia

L.W. Jessup

New combinations in Australian Annonaceae

L.W. Jessup

New species of Rhodamnia Jack eystaceat) from Australia

G.P. Guymer & L.W. Jessup aan

Acacia maconochieana (Mimosaceae), a new species from semi-arid

Australia

L. Pedley

Studies in Australian grasses 2

B.K. Simon ae

A new combination and new species in Austrosteenisia Geesink

aa al i

L.W, Jessup

Laxmannia compacta (Anthericaceae), a new species from eastern Australia

P.I. Forster & J.G. Conran

A revision of Melaleuca L. (Myrtaceae) in northern and eastern Australia

N.B. Byrnes

Combretum trifoliatum Vent. (Combretaceae), a new record for Australia

J.R. Clarkson & B.P.M. Hyland one

Acacia eremophiloides (Mimosaceae), a new species from south-eastern

Queensland

L. Pedley & P.I. Forster

Studies in Australian grasses 3

B.K. Simon |

New fern records for Australia

D.L. Jones & B. Gray... ..

Studies in Queensland Pandanaceae, a new species and hybrid of Pandanus

R. Tucker ..

Protasparagus africanus (Lam.)Oberm. (Asparagaceae), a serious weed for

south-eastern Queensland

J.G. Conran & P.I. Forster

A new alien Solanum L. (Solanaceae) in Queensland

D.E. Symon & J.T. Swarbrick Sees

Corrigendum

Page

203

211

217

224

227

228

235

238

243

246

254

2/4

277

281

284

287

300

305

306

203

Austrobaileya 2(3): 203-210 (1986)

JEDDA, A NEW GENUS OF THYMELAEACEAE

(SUBTRIBE LINOSTOMATINAE) FROM AUSTRALIA

J.R. Clarkson

Botany Branch, Department of Primary Industries, Mareeba, Qid 4880

Summary

Jedda multicaulis J, Clarkson gen. et sp. nov. is described and discussed. It is closely allied to the Asian genus

Linostoma, and is the first representative of the subtribe Linostomatinae recorded from Australia. The species is

known only from a small area 50 km west of Laura on Cape York Peninsula.

The subtribe Linostomatinae of the Thymelaeaceae as circumscribed by Domke

(1934) includes the genera Lophostoma, Enkleia and Linostoma. Lophostoma is a South

American genus of four species restricted to the Amazon drainage system while the other

two genera are Asian. Linostoma with three species extends from India through Indochina

and the Malay Peninsula to Borneo. Enk/eia with four species occurs from Burma,

Thailand and Cambodia southwards through the Malay Peninsula, Andaman Islands

and Sumatra to Bangka and eastwards through Borneo to western New Guinea and the

Philippine island of Luzon. The discovery of a new genus from Australia referable to

this subtribe is of considerable interest as it adds to the intriguing world distribution of

the subtribe. Fig. 1.

There has been no recent review of the subtribe Linostomatinae. Revisions of

Linostoma, Enkleia and Lophostoma were published separately by Nevling in the early

1960’s (Nevling 196la, 19616, 1963) but the general review foreshadowed in the

introduction to the first of these was never published.

Jedda multicaulis J. Clarkson gen. et sp. nov., a ceteris generibus subtribi Linostomati-

narum habitu multicauli fruticoso, orinatione florenti determinata, bracteis color-

atis foliaceis vel foliis bracteaceis in vel sub inflorescentia dispositis et fructu

grandissimo distinguenda. Typus: Queensland, Cook District: between Jedda Creek

and the Kennedy River, 15°37’S, 143°57’E, 18 Oct 1982, J.R. Clarkson 4584

(holotypus BRI 297221, isotypi, A, CANB, DNA, F, K, L, MEL, MO, NSW,

PERTH, QRS, SING).

Frutex erectus sempervirens 1.5-2 m altus caulibus pluricentum sparsim ramosis caule

tumido subterraneo exorienti. Folia opposita vel subopposita simplicia exstipulata glabra;

petioli 3-4(-4.5) mm longi; lamina ovata-elliptica (2.5~)4—6(—7) cm longa !-2.5 cm lata

coriacea discolor; basis cuneata-obtusa; margo intergra; apex acutus-acuminatus; venatio

pinnata; venae principales laterales numerosae 6-8 per cm parallelae + rectae. Inflores-

centiae in ramis brevibus in axillis foliorum summorum dispositae, paniculiformes, ramis

3, saepe varie reductae; fasciculi florum determinati, floribus 3(-5), raceformes. Flores

+ regulares S5-meri vel ‘subinde 4—6-meri bisexuales; tubus floris cylindratus perigynus

7-9 mm longus ad orificium 1.5 mm latus; lobi calycini 5 raro 4-6 linguiformes-spathulati

6.5-8 mm longi 3-4.5 mm lati; petala respectu numero lobo calycini duplicia, alba

anguste clavata 3.7-5 mm longa; stamina numero petalorum aequalia; filamenta filiformia

5-7 mm longa glabra alba; antherae oblongae bicellulares basifixae 1-1.5 mm longae

longitudinaliter dehiscentes: Ovarlum superum breviter stipitatum uniloculare, (cum

stipite) 2.5-3 mm longum dense sericeum in dimidio supero; stylus terminalis 15-16

mm longus glaber; stimga capitatum terminale + papillatum 0.5-0.75 mm diametro;

discus annularis squamis irregularibus ca 0.5 mm longis galber. Fructus glabrescens

stipitatus irregulariter pyriformis 6—7(—8) cm longus 4—6 cm latus indehiscens interdum

viviparus; pericarpium crassum coriaceum viride ubi maturum atrofuscescens sub ger-

minatione; stipes variabilis 1-2 cm longus 1-1.5 cm latus saepe valde recurvus.

Erect, evergreen shrub, 1.5-2 m tall with up to several hundred sparsely branched stems

arising from a swollen underground stem; young stems terete, reddish brown, glabrous;

lenticels conspicuous, round, becoming fs horizontally elongate. Leaves opposite or

subopposite, simple, exstipulate: petiole glabrous, slightly rugose, 3—4(-—4.5) mm long;

leaf blade ovate to elliptic, widest at or slightly below the middle, (2.5-)4-6(-7) cm long,

204

ta as tt

Fig. 1. World distribution of the subtribe Linostomatinae-Lophostoma (A), Linostoma (B), Enkleia (C), Jedda

(D) and location of only known population of Jedda mutlticaulis.

205

1-2.5 cm wide, glabrous, coriaceous, discolourous; base cuneate to obtuse; margin entire;

apex acute to acuminate; venation pinnate; mid vein plain to impressed above, raised

beneath; primary lateral veins numerous, 6-8 per cm, parallel, + straight, terminating

in well developed marginal vein; secondary veins anastomosing. Inflorescence on short

axillary branches in the uppermost leaf axils, paniculiform, with 3 branches, often

variously modified by reduction; subtending leaves much reduced, 2-3 mm long, 1-1.5

mm wide; primary peduncle 3-6 mm long with | or rarely 2 pairs of opposite or

subopposite bracts, terminated by a pair of opposite bracts; flowers clusters determinate,

3(-5)-flowered, racemiform: rachis much contracted, to 0.5 mm long (often barely

perceptible in 3-flowered cluster); secondary peduncle extremely short, at most 0.5 mm

long; uppermost flower single, ebractiolate; lower flowers paired, subtended by a single

bracteole; bracteole ovate to elliptic, subsessile, 2~4 mm long, 1-1.5 mm wide; pedicel

with a clearly marked articulation at the base where it joins the secondary peduncle,

glabrous, 4-4.5 mm long, enlarging in fruit to 10 mm long X 8 mm wide. Flowers +

regular, 5-merous or occasionally 4-6-merous, bisexual, sweetly perfumed: floral tube

cylindrical, perigynous, 7-9 mm long, 1.5 mm wide at the orifice, pale green, glabrous

except for a few downward facing trichomes inserted on the inner surface between the

whorls of stamens and corolla lobes, longitudinally and unilaterally ruptured by the

developing fruit, persistent at the base of the mature fruit; calyx lobes 5, rarely 4-6,

quincuncial in bud when 5 otherwise imbricate, subequal, outer 3 somewhat broader

and more hooded than inner 2, linguiform to spathulate, 6.5-8 mm long, 3-4.5 mm

broad, slightly shorter than the floral tube, glabrous, pale green, strongly reflexed at

anthesis, closing after pollination; petals twice the number of calyx tube, narrowly clavate,

somewhat fleshy, 3.7-5 mm long, erect and spreading at anthesis; apex of petals irregular;

stamens equal in number to the petals and somewhat longer than them, inserted 1n a

single whorl below the petals, erect and spreading at anthesis; filaments filiform, enlarging

slightly distally, 5~7 mm long, glabrous, white; alternisepalous filaments shorter than the

antisepalous filaments by about half the length of an anther in the mature bud, + equal

in length by anthesis; anthers oblong, 2-celled, basifixed, 1-1.5 mm long, longitudinally

dehiscent; connective produced slightly beyond the anther cells; pollen polyporate, highly

sculptured, 60-65 cm diameter; ovary superior, shortly stipitate, untlocular with a single

anatropous ovule attached to the upper lateral wall; ovary and stipe 2.5-3 mm long,

densely sericeous in the upper half; style terminal, 15-16 mm long, glabrous; stigma

capitate, terminal, + papillate, 0. 5-0.75 mm diameter: disc annular, with irregular scales

ca 0.5 mm long, glabrous. Fruit glabrescent, stipitate, irregularly pyriform, 6-7({-8) cm

long, 4-6 cm wide, indehiscent, occasionally viviparous; pericarp thick, leathery, green

when mature, turning dark reddish brown at germination; stipe variable, 1-2 cm long,

1-1.5cm wide, often strongly recurved. Seed lacking endosperm; cotyledons fused, fleshy,

occupying almost entire volume of seed. Fig. 2.

Etymology: The generic name is taken from Jedda Creek, a tributary of the Kennedy

River. The plant is known only from the vicinity of this stream. The specific epithet

refers to the multistemmed habit of the plant.

Distribution: Endemic in a small area along Jedda Creek upstream from its junction

with the Kennedy River, 50 km west of Laura on Cape York Peninisula. Fig. 1.

specimens examined, Queensland. Cook District: Apr 1980, Clarkson 3196 (BRI), 3245 (BRI, QRS), Oct 1981,

McKeague & Miller s.n. (BRI, CANB, F, K, L, PERTH, ORS), Dec 1981, Clarkson 4188 (AD, BRI, CANB.

NA, F, K, L, MEL, MO, NSW, PERTH, ORS, SING), May 1982, Clarkson 4281 (BRI, QRS), Oct 1982.

Clarkson 4584 (A, BRI, CANB, DNA, F, O, L, MEL, MO, NSW, PERTH, QRS, SING), Sep 1983, Clarkson

5005 (BRI, CANB, K, L, MEL, ORS), Nov 1983, Clarkson 5031 (BRI, K), Jan 1984, Clarkson $121 (BRI, QRS).

Habitat: The plant occurs in Eucalyptus tetrodonta open forest on flat to gently undulating

sandy red earth. Associated tree species include Eucalyptus nesophila, E. polycarpa, E.

dichromophloia s. lat., Erythrophleum chlorostachys, Grevillea glauca and Parinari nonda.

Biology: Flowering occurs in October with the onset of the summer storm activity. Not

all plants appear to flower each year. The sweetly scented flowers and the spreading

stamens suggest insects may be the major pollinators. Fruits mature by late January to

early February with usually only a single fruit developing to maturity in each flower

cluster. Germination often occurs while the fruit is still attached to the parent shrub

although such vivipary is not obligatory. The germination behaviour is unusual and will

be described and discussed in detail elswehere (Clarkson and Clifford, in prep.). Local

property owners suggest that the plant may possibly be toxic to cattle but this has not

been confirmed by feeding tests.

Fig. 2. Jedda multicaulis: A. flowering branchlet (Clarkson 4584) x 1/2. B. flower (Clarkson 4584) x 1,5. C. leaf

(Clarkson 4584) x 1. D. floral diagram. E. stamen (Clarkson 4584) X 6. F. ovary and disk (Clarkson 4584) X 6.

G. stigma (Clarkson 4584) X 6. H-J. developing fruit showing unilateral and longitudinal rupture of floral tube

(Clarkson 5031) X 1. K. mature fruit (Clarkson 5121) x 1/2.

207

Conservation Status: Although locally abundant, the species is known only from a

relatively small area probably totalling no more than 5 square kilometres. Present land

use does not appear to be adversely affecting the population and it is not likely to change

significantly in the foreseeable future. The plant is rather attractive in new growth and

may have potential for cultivation as a small specimen shrub or perhaps as a hedging

plant if it will respond to the necessary pruning.

Jedda is distinguished from other members of the subtribe Linostomatinae by its

shrubby habit, determinate flowering pattern, lack of coloured foliaceous bracts or bract-

like leaves in or below the inflorescence and extremely large fruit which is larger than

any known to have been previously described for the Thymelaeaceae. Together with

Linostoma and Enkleia it can be distinguished from Lophostoma by the trichomes of

the flower which are straight and in which the cell wall is smooth. In Lophostoma the

cell wall is undulate giving the hairs a somewhat crinkled appearance. The close, parallel

pattern of veins in the leaf readily separates Jedda, Linostoma and Lophostoma from

Enkleia where the primary veins are more widely spaced, arcuate-ascending and the

secondary reticulum more pronounced. Table 1.

Table 1. Characteristics of genera of the subtribe Linostomatinae.

Linostoma Enkleia Lophostoma Jedda

1. Number of species a 4 4 l

2. Scandent shrubs or hanes usually usually + =

Erect shrubs — = wat +

3, Coloured foliaceous bracts

present in or below the

inflorescence + + +

4. Flowering pattern determinate ~ _ =

Flowering pattern

indeterminate + + +

5. Flowers haplostemonous I sp. — _ [a

Flowers diplostemonous 2 spp. + + —

6. Number of primary veins in

K-lobes 3 3-5 12 3

7. Trichomes of flowers with

undulated cell wall _ - — + ~

Trichomes of flowers with

Straight cell wall

8. *Fruit large >4 cm diameter — | —

Fruit small <2 cm diameter +

9. *K-tube accrescent, surround-

ing mature fruit 2 spp. —

K-tube transversely ruptured by |

developing fruit = 2 spp. - +

K-tube longitudinally ruptured

_ by developing fruit I sp. I sp. é _

+ |

+ +1

| + +

* The fruit of Enkleia thorelii is unknown.

208

On floral characters alone Jedda is difficult to distinguish from the Asian genus

Linostoma but floral features which have been considered diagnostically important in

the past and which have been used to separate the genera of the Linostomatinae break

down in the light of Nevling’s work (Nevling 196la, 1961b, 1963). Enkleia has been

distinguished from Linostoma by having the stamens arranged in two whorls rather than

in a single series (Ding Hou 1960; Hutchinson 1967) and by the style being shorter as

opposed to longer than the ovary (Domke 1934; Ding Hou 1960; Hutchinson 1967) yet

the flowers of both Linostoma persimile and L. pauciflorum are diplostemonous (Neviing

1961a) and the style of Enkleia siamensis subsp. siamensis is often much longer than

the ovary (Nevling 1961la). The absence of a disc in Lophostoma has been considered

an important diagnostic character (Domke 1934) but Nevling (1963) confirmed the

presence of this structure in at least two species of the genus, L. calophylloides and L.

ovatum. The characters which remain to distinguish the genera are largely non floral

and include the nature of the bracts within the inflorescence, the cellular structure of

the trichomes associated with the flower, the pattern of leaf venation and the nature of

the fruiting calyx. Generic limits within the Thymelaeaceae are however often much

narrower than those accepted in many other families. Attention has been drawn to this

by several authors including Ding Hou (1960) in his treatment of the family for Flora

Malesiana. This treatment of Jedda as distinct from the other genera of the Linostomatinae

is therefore consistent with the generally accepted taxonomic view of the subtribe and

is in line with the narrow generic limits commonly encountered in the Thymelaeaceae.

Key to the genera of the subtribe Linostomatinae

1, Primary lateral veins widely spaced, less than 5 net cm, arcuate-ascending;

secondary reticulum conspicuous .... . .. Enkleia

Primary lateral veins closely spaced, more than 5 per cm, _-Sprditet audi

Straight; secondary reticulum inconspicuous.... .. yet Be be

2. Inflorescence lacking coloured foliaceous bracts, nat sutitended by bsteedeed

bract-like leaves; mature fruit greater than 4cm diameter .......... Jedda

Inflorescence with a pair of coloured foliaceous bracts or subtended by

coloured bract-like leaves; mature fruit less than 2 cm diameter.......... 3

3. Calyx lobes with more than 10 psi veins; trichomes of flower

CRITKICE.. 285. oli teal Fee. ........ Lophostoma

Calyx lobes with 3 primary veins; fichiers ae filer: irate ...... Linostoma

The inflorescence of Jedda appears to be a highly complicated structure the

interpretation of which is made difficult by the contraction of the branches and by

varying degrees of reduction. A schematic representation of the inflorescence is shown

in Figure 3. The terminology used follows that applied by Nevling to the inflorescence

of Daphnopsis and later used by him in his revisions of the genera of the Linostomatinae.

There has been considerable debate as to the nature of the internal appendages

of the floral tube in some members of the Thymelaeaceae. Heinig (1951) reviewing

various interpretations of the origin and morphology of these petal-like organs and on

the basis of her own anatomical studies suggested they were stipular appendages of the

sepals and considered the flower to be apetalous. More recent work by Bunniger (1972)

suggests they are in fact petals thus supporting the view adopted by Nevling (1959) in

his revision of Daphnopsis and retained by him in his later studies of Linostoma, Enkleia

and Lophostoma. No attempt is made here to judge the relative merits of Heinig’ S or

Bunniger’s work. On purely practical grounds when examining the flower of Jedda these

structures will most likely be interpreted as petals but having done so attempts to

successfully key the plant to Thymelaeaceae in the key to families in Volume 1 of ‘Flora

of Australia’ will fail. The conversion of couplet 367 (page 135) to a triplet to read as

follows will remedy the situation.

209

367. Ovary l-locular.... 2.0.0... ..0..........,+....,.. Thymelaeaceae

Ovary S-G210C0Hat ie wel i eges $4 Pell te WE cee OAR Ae ce aw SOS

Ovary 10-1[5-locular .. .. 0. ...................4..4.., Sonneratiaceae

eh acll Shoot Apex

[" —Pedicel _} :

B 32 | Store

Tn nO Set

S $

Axillary

branch

nomen Shoot Apex

Fig. 3. Schematic representation of the inflorescence of Jedda muiticaulis showing racemose flower cluster and

branching pattern. S = subtending leaves; L, L' = lateral flower clusters; x, y = bracteoles of primary peduncle,

b, c = bracteoles of flower pairs B & C. A = terminal flower.

Acknowledgements

I am indebted to my colleagues for their help and assistance in particular Mr

R.J,F. Henderson and Mr L. Pedley of the Queensland Herbarium who offered helpful

advice throughout the project and who critically read the manuscript; Prof. H.T. Clifford

for arranging sectioning of the flowers and for his enlightening discussions on the structure

of the fruit. Dr B. Rye of the Western Australian Herbarium also read the manuscript

and drew my attention to the work of Bunniger. Mr P.J. McKeague and Dr C.P. Miller

of Department of Primary Industries, Mareeba, collected the first flowering specimen

seen and Mr & Mrs G. Raymond of Kimba Station watched the population for some

time and advised when it was in flower. Mrs G. Rankin and Mr W. Smith of the

Queensland Herbarium prepared the illustrations of the new species. A special acknowl-

edgement 1s due to Mr John DeCampo for his technical assistance. Thanks are due to

the Directors of BRI and L for the loan of material of Linostoma and Enkleia and to

Mr B.P.M. Hyland of CSIRO Atherton for allowing me ready access to the facilities of

the QRS herbarium. The Australian Biological Resources Study is acknowledged for

funds to support a technical assistant for flora survey work on Cape York Peninsuia.

210

References

BUNNIGER, L. (1972). Untersuchungen tiber die morphologishe Natur des Hypanthiums bei Myrtales— und

Thymelaeales—Familien. Beifrage zur Biologie der Pflanzen 48: 79-156.

CLARKSON, J.R. & CLIFFORD, H.T. (in prep.). Germination of Jedda muilticaulis (Thymelaeaceae). An example

of cryptogeal germination in the Australian Flora.

DOMKE, W. (1934). Untersuchungen tiber die systematischce und geographische Gliederung der Thymelaeaceen.

Bibliotheca Botanica 27(111): 1-151.

HEINIG, Sig (1951). Studies in the floral morphology of the Thymelaeaceae. American Journal of Botany 38:

113-132.

HUTCHINSON, J. (1967). The Genera of Flowering Plants. Dicotyledones. Vol IT. Oxford: Oxford University

Press.

HOU, D. (1960). Thymelaeaceae. Flora Malesiana. Series I. 6(1): 1-48.

NEVLING, LI. (1959). A revision of the genus Daphnopsis. Annals of the Adissouri Botanical Garden 46: 257-358.

NEVLING, L.L (1961a). A revision of the Asiatic genus Linostoia (Thymelaeaceae). Journal of the Arnold

Arboretum 42: 295-320.

ight mete L.I. (1961b). A revision of the Asiatic genus Enkleia (Thymelaeaceae). Journal of the Arnold Arboretum

: 373-396.

NEVLING, L.I. (1963). A revision of the genus Lophostoma (Thymelaeaceae). Journal of the Arnold Arboretum

44: 143-164.

211

Austrobaileya 2(3): 211-216 (1986)

PLANICHLOA (POACEAE, CHLORIDOIDEAE,

ERAGROSTIDEAE)

A NEW GRASS GENUS FROM NORTHERN QUEENSLAND

B.K. Simon

Queensland Herbartum, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068

Summary

Planichloa nervilemma, a new grass from northern Queensland, is. described and its relationships are discussed.

In the Queensland Herbarium there are specimens of a new chloridoid grass

species, belonging to the tribe Eragrostideae, that have presented problems for some

~ time as to their generic placement. They have been wrongly identified as known species

of Ectrosia R.Br. and Heterachne Benth. at one time or another but closer examination

shows the species to be somewhat intermediate between these genera in overall appear-

ance. An essential difference, however, is the presence of 2 or 3 clearly defined lateral

nerves on each side of the lemma; these 5-7-nerved lemmas contrast with the 3-nerved

oe. of Ectrosia and Heterachne and other ectrosioid genera accepted by Decker

1963).

The genera Ectrosia and Heterachne have been associated in classifications of

Poaceae for some time (Bentham 1877; Hackel in Hubbard 1935: Hubbard 1935; Pilger

1956; Phillips 1982). Although originally classified as pooid genera by Bentham and

Hackel they were later reclassified as chloridoid grasses (belonging to the tribe Eragros-

tideae) by Hubbard on the basis of their 3-nerved fenimas, the pooids generally having

5-7-nerved lemmas. |

If the number of lemma nerves 1s accepted as the sole criterion for separating

pooid and chloridoid genera, the unplaced grass would have to be considered pooid.

However, it has been shown that a few chiondoid genera do possess lemmas with 5 or

more nerves and they have been moved from the pooids to the chloridoids on the basis

of their cytology and leaf anatomy, attributes demonstrated to be of great classificatory

value in the study of grasses in recent times (Auguier 1963; Prat 1936, 1960). Examples

are the genus Drake-Brockmania (Hubbard 1950; Phillips 1974) also in the Eragrostideae

and the genus Jriodia of the related tribe Triodieae. An examination of the leaf anatomy

of the new grass shows it to be typically chloidoid*. Further chloridoid characters

complementary to those of leaf anatomy and cytology are the coriaceous texture of the

lemma and a tropical to subtropical distribution, both features of the new Queensland

grass.

Other factors that need to be considered in relation to lemma nervation apart

from nerve number are (a) nerve definition and (b) nerve spacing and I am grateful to

Dr Surrey Jacobs (pers. comm.) for bringing to my attention the following points. The

presence of clearly defined nerves ‘usually simply means that a plant has Kranz anatomy

which results in the nerves appearing more obvious—a useful distinction between Pooids

and Chlioridoids.’ With respect to nerve spacing ‘a common nerve patterning sequence

in the chloridoid grasses 1s 9-7-5-3. Three nerves are very common and characteristic

of the subfamily. However, a less common state is for the nerves to be grouped in three

groups of three (9-nerved). From this state pairs of nerves are lost resulting in the

9..7~5-3 pattern. Several chloridoid species have lemmas with differing numbers of

lemma nerves. For example in Triodia all of the 9-7—5-3 numbers can be found.’

*Abaxial leaf epidermis: Microhairs present, distal hairs tapering; mid intercostal cells with sinuous walls, lacking

papillae; stomata with triangular subsidiary cells; silica bodies of the coastal region nodular. Transverse section

of the leaf: Bundle sheaths double, the outer thin walled and rich in plastids, the inner thick walled and lacking

plastids. Chlorenchyma weakly radiate with 1-2 cells between bundles. Bulliform cells occurring in discrete fan-

shaped groups but not penetrating the leaf.

212

The lateral lemma nerves of the new grass are more or less grouped together (Fig.

4) as in some species of 7riodia. However, the nerves of the latter species are more

tightly and evenly grouped whereas the lemmas of the new grass have a greater interspace

between the second and third nerves than between the third and fourth, when present.

The situation in species of Drake-Brockmania with 5-7 nerves (Fig. 58 in Phillips 1974)

is such that there is a more even distribution between the nerves although the first

interspace is still greater than the second.

In view of the fact the new species cannot be placed satisfactorily in either Ectrosia

or Heterachne, because of the 5-7-nerved lemma, it seems appropriate either to unite

the whole complex or to accord this intermediate taxon generic rank, I feel it 1s better

to opt for the latter choice as an enlarged genus would incorporate elements of too great

a magnitude morphologically. Furthermore, the fairly open panicle of the new grass

contrasts with the congested to contracted panicles found in most species of Heterachne

and Ectrosia. The two exceptions to the latter condition are in Ectrosia agrostoides

Benth. and Heterachne baileyi C.E. Hubbard. In the former the spikelets are much

smaller and narrower in relation to their length than in the new grass and in the latter

the spikelets are not awned.

Planichloa (Chloridoideae, Eragrostideae) B. Simon, gen. nov. affinis Heterachnae Benth.

et Ectrosiae R.Br. sed lemmate 5—7-nervi, affinis Drake-Brockmaniae Stapf sed

nervis lemmatum glabris differt. Typus: P. nervilemma B. Simon

Annual, culms erect, simple. Leaf blades linear, flat or folded; ligule a hair-fringed

membrane. Inflorescence a contracted to open panicle with spikelets solitary and produced

on secondary, or less often primary branches and disarticulating at maturity above the

glumes that subsequently themselves fall off, leaving the short hairy pedicels and

inflorescence branches. Spikelets markedly laterally compressed, narrowly ovate to ovate,

consisting of 2—8 florets on a rigid non-fragmenting rachilla. Glumes lanceolate, acuminate,

scaberulous on the margins and keel, usually mauve; lower glume 1-nerved, slightly

shorter than the 3-nerved upper elume. Lemmas acute to acuminate to awned, longer

awns towards the spikelet apex, rigid and flattened on a central scaberulous winged keel,

5—7-nerved, yellowish green and occasionally infused with mauve at the apices, with a

zone of darker pigmentation associated with the lateral nerves, the margins scaberulous.

Paleas comma-shaped, ca half the lemma length, hyaline with two winged keels, the

margins scaberulous and coriaceous. Anthers 3, mauvish red; stigmas pale yellow,

plumose; lodicules 2, cuneate. Caryopsis slightly laterally compressed with the embryo

ca half as long; hilum basal, ca 1/4 the length of the caryopsis.

Species 1, from northern Queensland.

Planichloa nervilemma B. Simon, sp. nov.

Gramen ,annum, gracile, 12-40 cm altum. Culmi, folia et rami inflorescentiae pilis

tuberculatis. Inflorescentia 6-12 cm X 1.5-3 cm; ramis primarius ad 8 mm longis; rami

et axes scaberi triqueti. Spiculae 5-11 mm X 3-6 mm, Gluma inferna 2.5-4 mm longa;

glima superna 3-4.5 mm longa. Lemmata 3-6.5 mm longa (includens aristam, si

praesentiam). Paleae 2~3 mm longae. Typus: Queensland, Cook District: ca 20 km SE

of Laura on the Peninsular Development Road, 15°39’S, 144°33’E, 25 Apr 1983, JR.

Clarkson 4679 (holotypus BRI; isotyp1 CANB, DNA, K, NSW, PERTH, QRS).

A slender annual 12-40 cm tall. Culms terete, [-3-noded; culms, leaf sheaths and blades

and infloresence branches hispid with tubercle-based hairs 1-2 mm long, denser at the

auricles. Leaf sheaths and blades with ribbed nerves, sheaths shorter than the culm

internodes, blades 2-10 cm X 0.1-0.4 cm, acute to acuminate; ligule 0.2-0.3 mm long.

Inflorescence 6-12 cm X 1.5-3 cm, the axis scabrous and triquetrous; primary branches

to 8 mm long, scabrous and triquetrous; pedicels 0.5-! mm long. Spikelets 5-11 mm xX

3—6 mm. Lower glume 2.5-4 mm long; upper glume 3-4.5 mm long. Lemmas 3-6.5

mm long (including the awn if present). Paleas 2-3 mm long. Anthers ca 0.5 mm long,

mauvish-red. Caryopsis ca 1.4 mm X 0.8 mm, smooth, yellowish-brown. Figs 1-6.

Etymology: The generic name alludes to the very flattened spikelets and the specific

epithet to the lemmas with their sharply defined nerves.

_ The species is restricted to the Cook Pastoral District of northern Queensland

and is found only on sandy soils usually with a high species diversity of annual grasses.

Fda)

mys

Fig. 1. Holotype of Planichloa nervilemma.

ee ae

Fig. 2. Planichloa nervilemma. Spikelet viewed obliquely from the side (from Clarkson 4679).

Fig. 3. Planichloa nervilemma. Parts of a dissected spikelet showing a) glumes, b) basal lemma, c) apical lemma,

d) palea and e) grain (from Clarkson 4679).

See eRe eee EE

ig. 4. Planichloa nervilemma.

ig. 5. Planichloa nervilemma.

ig. 6. Planichloa nervilemma.

Lemma, side view (from Clarkson 4679).

Palea (from Clarkson 4679).

Grain (from Clarkson 4679),

216

In one of the sites where it was collected (30 km north of Mareeba) there were as many

as 20 other grasses associated with it belonging to the genera Schizachyrium, Thaumas-

tochioa, Ectrosia, Eriachne, Pseudopogonatherum, Ischaemum, Chloris, Eragrostis, Sac-

clolepsis, Heterachne, Dactyloctenium and Paspalidium.

Specimens examined (all BRI}. Queensland. Cook District: 102 km N of Laura, May 1967, Syai0n 4806 (aiso

ADW, NT); near Cooktown, May 1970, Blake 23339; 1 km W of airport, Cooktown, Apr 1975, AfcDonald 1549

-& Batianoff near Litte Laura R.. May 1975, Byrnes 3278: ca 37 km SW of Cooktown, 15°42’8, 145°28’E, Apr

1973, Henderson 1626; 7 km NW of Nolan Creek on Chillagoe-Wrotham Park road, 16°45’S, 144 0SE, Mar

1980, Simon 3584 & Clarkson (also CANB, K, L, MBA, NSW} 30 km N of Mareeba on Mt Molloy road,

16°47’S, 148°22’E, May 1975, Simeon 2654, Clarkson & Staples (alse CANB, K)}.

Acknowledgements

Thanks are extended to colleagues Professor H.T. Clifford of the Botany Depart-

ment, University of Queensland, for the description of the leaf anatomy, to Dr S.W.L.

Jacobs of the New South Wales National Herbarium and Mr R.J.F. Henderson of the

Queensland Herbarium for critically reading and suggesting improvements to the man-

uscript and to Mr H. Dillewaard of the Queensland Herbarium for the photograph of

the holotype and the $.E.M. photomicrographs of the spikelets and spikelet parts taken

with the Indooroopilly Agricultural Research Laboratories Philips SEM 505 scanning

electron microscope.

References

sae ot P. (1963). Criteres anciens et modernes dans la systematique des Graminees, Natura Afosana 16:

1-63.

BENTHAM, G. (1877). Heterachne gulliveri Benth. Hooker’s Zeones Plantarum 13: 1.1250.

BENTHAM, G, & HOOKER, J.D. (1883). Genera Plantarum 3: 1091-1092, 1188.

DECKER, H.F. (1963). The Ectrosioids—an Interesting new association of Eragrostoid grasses. American Journal

of Botany 30: 633.

HUBBARD, C.E. (1935). Heterachne abortiva (R.Br.)Drace. Hooker's Icones Plantarum 33: 1.3283.

HUBBARD, C.E. (1950). Drake-Brockmania somalensis Stapf. Heoker’s Icones Plantarum 35: 1.3455.

Een Te ahr (1974), Drake-Breckmania in Polhill, R.M. (ed.), Flora of Tropical East Africa, Gramineae 2:

PHILLIPS, S8.M. (1982). A numerical analysis of the Eragrostideae (Gramineae). Kew Bulletin 37: 133-162.

PILGER, R. (1956). Gramineae Il in Engler, A. & Prantl, K., Die naturlichen pllanzenfamilien, [4d: 7.

PRAT, H. (1936). La systematique des Graminees. Annals de Science naturelle, Botanie, 10e serie, 18: 165-258.

PRAT, H. (1960). Revue d’agrostologie. Vers une classification naturelle des Graminees. Bulletin Societe Botanique

de France 107: 32-79.

~~]

Austrobaileya 2(3): 217-223 (1986)

FOUR NEW SPECIES OF IPOMOEA L. (CONVOLVULACEAE)

FROM AUSTRALIA

R.W. Johnson

Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068

Summary

Four species, Ipomoea antonschmidii, I. argillicola, f. pelpha and J. saintronanensts are described as new.

This paper is a precursor to a revision of the genus /pomoea in Australia. Because

of the economic interest in two of the undescribed species, publication of their names

prior to the revision is considered necessary.

Ipomoea antonschmidii R.W. Johnson, sp. nov. affinis J. velutina R.Br., sed sepalis ovato-

lanceolatis, acutatis, dense hirsutis. Typus: Queensland, Burke District: 5 km

south-west of Lake Julius pump station, 19 Jan 1984, A. Schmid 756 (holotypus

BRI 336512).

Planta perennis. Caules repentes, herbacei, dense hirsuti; pili simplices vel bifurcati.

Folia simplicia; lamina ovata, acuta vel obtusa, mucronata, cordata, 5-9 cm longa,

3.5-7.5 cm lata, utrinque dense hirsuta; petiolus 2.5-5 cm longus. Inflorescentia axillaris,

cymosa; pedunculus 2-5.5 cm longus, |-3-floribus; bracteae persistentes, subulatae ad

peranguste ellipticae, 1-2 cm longae; pedicelli 5-15 mm longi, glandibus distalibus.

Sepala exteriora ovata, acuminata ad lanceolata, acuta, 18-21 mm longa, dense hirsuta,

5-nervis elevatis longitudinalibus. Corolla infundibuliformis, purpurea, fauce saturatiore,

5-6 cm longa, glabra, limbus 5-6 cm latus. Stamina 5; filamenta inaequalia, 17-27 mm

longa, 10-12 mm supra basin corollae inserta. Ovarium ovoideum, 2-loculare; stylus

35-40 mm longus. Capsula globoso-ovoidea, base styli persistenti, 2-loculare, ca 10 mm

ae Semina 4, ca 5 mm longa, modice ad dense pubescentes, caespite longorum pilorum

ad hilum.

Perennial plant. Stems trailing, herbaceous, densely hirsute; hairs simple or bifurcate.

Leaves simple; blade ovate, acute or obtuse, mucronate, cordate, 5-9 cm long, 3.5-7.5

cm broad, densely hirsute on both sides; petiole 2.5-5 cm long. Inflorescence axillary,

cymose; peduncle 2-5.5 cm long, 1-3-flowered; bracts persistent, subulate to very narrowly

elliptic, 1-2 cm long; pedicels 5-15 mm long, bearing glands at the distal end. Outer

sepals ovate; acuminate to lanceolate, acute, 18-21 mm long, densely hirsute, with 5

raised longitudinal veins; inner sepals of equal length but broader. Corolla funnel-shaped,

purple with a darker throat, glabrous, 5-6 cm long, limb 5-6 cm broad. Stamens 5:

filaments unequal, 17-27 mm long, affixed 10-12 mm above the base of the corolla.

Ovary ovoid, 2-locular; style 35-40 mm long. Capsule globular-ovoid with a persistent

style base, 2-locular, ca 10 mm high. Seeds 4, ca 5 mm long, moderately to densely

pubescent with a tuft of long hairs at the hilum. Fig. 1.

Queensland (al! BRT). BURKE District: Ca 5 km SW of Lake Julius Pump Station on pipeline road, Feb 1978,

Schmid AS430: Jan 1984, Schmid 756.

This species is currently known only from a restricted area SW of Lake Julius

Dam, NNE of Mt Isa, where it grows on shallow, red, stoney soils in Eucalyptus

leucophloia woodland. It is not known to occur in any areas protected by statute.

Etymology: The species is named in honour of Mr Anton Schmid who first brought it

to my notice and who provided me with ample material for study.

Ipomoea argillicola R.W. Johnson, sp. nov. affinis J. muelleri Benth. sed pedunculis et

pedicellis longioribus et corollis magnis. Typus:Queensland, Leichhardt District:

| mile west of Emerald, 17 Feb 1960, R.W. Johnson 1321 (holotypus BRI 030678).

Perennis, radice tuberanti. Caules repentes, herbacei, glabri. Folia simplicia; lamina late

ovata ad fere reniformis, obtusa, emarginata, mucronulata, cordata ad truncata, 3-12

cm longa et lata; petiolus 2-20 cm longus, lamina plerumque longior, glandibus prom-

inentibus distalibus. Inflorescentia axillaris, cymosa; pedunculus 3-15 cm longus, 1-7-

218

Fig. 1. Ipomoea antonschmidii: habit with inflorescence (Schmid 756) X 1.

floribus; bracteae paribus oppositis, triangulac, acutae, 2-15 mm longae; pedicelli 1.5~-11

em longi, glandibus prominentibus distalibus. Sepala exteriora ovata ad ovato-oblonga,

obtusi-acuta ad obtusa, mucrone prominenti recurvo, 11~22 mm longa, 5-10 mm lata,

nervis 3—5, elevatis, longitudinalibus, + tuberculatis in dimidio inferiore; interiora ovata,

longitudine exteriora aequantes. Corolla infundibuliformis, alba ad lilacina, fauce pur-

purea, 4~6 cm longa, limbus 4-5 cm latus, taeniae meso-petalinae acuminibus promi-

nentibus. Stamina 5: filamenta inaequalia, 14-22 mm longa, 6-9 mm supra basin corollae

inserta. Ovarium ovoideum 2-loculare; stylus 17-23 mm longus. Capsula ovoidea ad

depresso-globulosa base styli persistenti, 2-locularis, 10-16 mm alta. Semina 4, dense

pubescentes, 8-8.5 mm longa.

Perennial with a tuberous root. Stems trailing, herbaceous, glabrous. Leaves simple;

blade broadly ovate to almost reniform, obtuse, emarginate, mucronulate, cordate to

truncate, 3~12 cm long and wide; petiole 2-20 cm long, usually longer than the blade

with prominent glands at the distal end. Inflorescence axillary, cymose; peduncle 3-15

cm long, bearing 1-7 flowers; bracts in opposite pairs, triangular, acute, 2~15 mm long;

pedicels 1.5~11 cm, with prominent glands at the base of the calyx. Outer sepals ovate

to ovate-oblong with 3-5 raised longitudinal nerves, + tuberculate on the lower half,

bluntly acute to obtuse, with a prominent recurved mucro, 11-22 mm long, 5-10 mm

broad; inner sepals ovate, equalling the outer in length. Corolla funnel-shaped, white to

pale violet, with a purplish throat, 4-8 cm long, limb 4-5 cm diameter, mid-petaline

bands projected into a prominent acumen. Stamens 5; filaments unequal, 14-22 mm

long, afixed 6-9 mm above the base of the corolla. Ovary ovoid, 2-locular; style 17-23

mm long. Capsule ovoid to depressed-globular with a persistent style base, 2-locular,

10-16 mm high. Seeds 4, densely pubescent, 8-3.5 mm long. Fig. 2.

See EES

TWaksadvaindss

origi ae Ee i oe RS EA AV IN SNE gt hte fe eee eee

219

ae WSS SS

was oes

eter mnt

EI he, aT}

hd == +

* 7s =

wetitey ee, = i

5 ees

ee re

ep Me

w wt 4

Ct)

“

» ©

aan

Fig. 2. Ipomoea argillicola: habit with inflorescence (Calway AQ378848) X 1,

220

Queensland (all BRD. Burke District: Daigonally, ca 100 km NW of Julia Creek, Apr 1954, Everist 5331; Lydia

Downs, ca 45 miles [75 km] NW of Maxweiton, Jan 1966, Ped/ey 1965; Sutherland, 45 miles [75 km] NW of

Maxwelton, Jan 1966, Pedfey 1950; near Ranmoor, 35 km N of Richmond, no date, Byrnes 3065; Hughenden,

Apr 1971, Birch 71/77; Richmond, Nov 1928, Pollack [AQ276632]*; 30 miles [50 km] 8 of Julia Creek, Mar

1959, Sifar 3. MITCHELL District: Kalleroo Station, near Prairie, Feb 1980, Byrnes 3944; 22 km NNE of Blackall

on Jerico Rd, Apr 1981, Weison 3502: Payne, 1958, Mackenzie [AQ276636]. LEICHHARDT District: Wyntoon,

20 miles [33 km] NE of Springsure, Jan 1966, Srtit aad hy urton Downs, May 1978, Johnson [AQ266045),

ca | mile [1.5 km] W of Emerald, Feb 1960, Jonnson 1321. Nerthern Territory: 15 miles [25 km] NW of

Alexandra H.S., Mar 1986, Chippendale 1949. Cultivated: (from seed collected at Wongan, NW of Longreach) J.

Caivay [AQ378848].

This species occurs on the grey cracking clay soils which form extensive sheets

in an area from central Queensland to the Barkly Tableland in the Northern Territory.

These clays support Mitchell grass (Astrebia spp.) tussock grasslands and wooded downs.

Etymology: The specific epithet refers to the habitat in which this species is found.

Ipomoea polpha R.W. Johnson, sp. nov. Typus: Queensland, Cook District: ca 3.5 km

N of Walkamin on road to Mareeba, 30 Jan 1980, JLR. Clarkson 2754 (holotypus

BRI 275448).

Perennis radice tuberanti. Caules repentes, herbacel, glabri. Folia simplicia; lamina ovata

ad ovato-lanceclata, obtusa, basi rotundata ad parum cordata, 5-18 cm longa, 3~9 cm

lata, sparsim pilosa. Infiorescentia axillaris, cymosa; pedunculi 3-22 cm longi, 1-5-

floribus, interdum pluribus; bracteae caducae; pedicelli 10-50 mm longi, glandibus

prominentibus distalibus. Sepala exteriora ovata, + glabra obtusa, mucronata, 10-15 mm

longa, 5~8 mm iata, interiora similares sed parum magniore. Corolla infundibuliformis,

rubro-purpureus, fauce et taenus meso-petalinis saturatioribus, 7-8.5 cm longa, lmbus

8-9,5 cm latus. Stamina 5: filamentis inaequalia, 20-32 mm longa, 9-10 mm supra basin

corollae inserta. Ovarium ovoidium, 2-loculare, stylus ca 4 cm longa. Capsula ovoidea

basi styli persistenti, 2-locularis, 14-18 mm alta. Semina 4, glabri vel sparsim pilis,

10-12 mm longt.

Perennial with tuberous root. Stems herbaceous, trailing, glabrous or sparsely hairy.

Leaves simple, petiolate; blade ovate to ovate-lanceolate, obtuse, rounded to slightly

cordate at the base, 5~18 cm long, 3-9 cm broad, sparsely hairy. Inflorescence axillary,

cymose; peduncle 3-22 cm long, bearing 1-5 flowers, occasionaily more; bracts caducous;

pedicel 10-50 mm long with prominent glands at the distal end. Outer sepals ovate, +

glabrous, obtuse, mucronate, 10-15 mm long, 5-8 mm broad; inner sepals similar and

slightly larger. Corolla funnel-shaped, reddish-purple, midpetaline bands and throat

darker, 7~8.5 cm long, limb 8-9.5 cm broad. Stamens 5; filaments unequal, 20-32 mm

long, affixed 9-10 mm above the base of the corolla. Ovary ovoid, 2-locular; style + 4

cm long. Capsule ovoid with a persistent style base, [5-18 mm high. Seeds 4, glabrous

to sparsely hairy, 10-12 mm long. Fig. 3.

Queensland (all BRI). BURKE Disrrict: Yarramulla, off Hughenden Rd, in 1977, Afitchet? (AQ228696). Cook.

District: Biiboohra, Dec 1935, Flecker [AQ276641}; St Ronans Station, Mt Garnet, Dee 1960, Afyers Mths |

Davies Ck, E of Mareeba, Feb 1963, W’yat? 22; Davies Ck forestry access rd, 16 km from Mareeba, Mar 1973,

Broadley [(AQ9236]; Price Creek Rd, 40 km W of Mareeba, Apr 1973, Halfpapp [AQ9444]; 10 km S of Mareeba,

Dec 1973, Wyatr [AQI4041J; Jump-up, 20 km S$ of Mareeba on Atherton rd, Mar 1977, Henderson H2460, Gray

346; Palm R. on Great Dividing Ra., Feb 1978, Hinton 63; ca 3.5 km N of Walkamin on road to Mareeba, Jan

1980, Clarkson 2754. NORTH KENNEDY District: 4 mules [6.6 km] S$ of Inkerman, Oct 1968, Williams 224; ca

20 km W of Home Hull, Dec 1973, Hyatt [AQ14055]; Home Hill-Bowen rd, cag 17 km from Home Hill, Oct

1974, Moriarty '624; N of Cardwell, Jul 1978, Collet A4, Meadowbank Station Rd, 3 km from Kennedy

Development Rd, Apr 1980, M’i/Hanis 80013; S of Ravenswood, Mar 1981, Jackes 3; ca 100 kin NW of Greenvale,

Jan 1982, Pedley 4826.

This species occurs on red volcanic loams, alluvial clays and red earths and clays

associated with lateritic residuals. It is found as a trailing vine in grassy Eucalyptus

woodlands. The aerial parts are of annual duration and die back in the cooler and drier

months to a iarge tuber which sprouts following the onset of the wet season. The tuber

was used as a source of food by native Aborigines.

Specimens collected by P.K. Latz, 8252 (S of Tin Fish Well, Stirling Station, N.T.,

May-Jun 1979) and B.G. Thomson, 511 (Stirling Range, N.T.) from a population in the

Northern Territory appear to belong to this species though further investigation may

warrant the erection of a taxon of subspecific rank.

*This number refers to the computerised collection number situated in the top righthand corner and/or on the

label of specimens housed in the Queensland Herbarium. It is distinct from the BRI number which is a sheet

number located in the botton nghthand corner.

Fig. 3. Ipomoea poipka: habit with inflorescence (Henderson H2460) = 1/2.

Seg lm ny v . frre) rn ony aeten tone « * HHH ah a KOO HOE WK se seaaeg semmeemereen ts reegere!

PRT Re nat ne nanennen eae neeenomnnn ot ROR SMH cule ATES Dn eb ceeteiige Cunlehil ted Mt pppopmmanmencgwmedceazecens Sate pe pM DHeRtaE GE UIE IN Maton cna RAN MA TEEN hg EE SEN RS eh PTs ge PA Nt een cg tattthea EEE ER EEE a

222

Etymology: The specific epithet is derived from the Greek, polphos indicating the value

of this species as a source of food.

Ipomoea saintronanensis R.W. Johnson, sp. nov. affinis J. macrantha Roemer et Schultes

sed sepalis pubescentibus et semenibus lanatis. Typus: Queensland, North Kennedy

District: 40 mile scrub, ca 4 km N of Gulf Development Road turnoff on the

Kennedy Highway, 21 Feb 1986, J.R. Clarkson 6332 (holotypus BRI 372925,

isotyp?: BRI, CANB, DNA, K, MEL. MO, QRS, PERTH).

Perennis, deciduus. Caules lignei, volubiles, glabri vel laxe villosi. Folia simplicia; lamina

late ovata ad fere orbicularis, breviter acuminata, acuta vel obtusa, cordata, 5-21 cm

longa, 5-21 cm lata, supra glabrescens, infra tomentosa: petiolus 3~14 com longus.

Inflorescentia axillaris: pedunculus 10-90 mm longus, flore solitario; bracteae caducae;

pedicellus 15~30 mm longus, glandibus distalibus. Sepala exteriora concava, ovata ad

orbicularia, 25-35 mm longa, tomentosa, interiora amplitudinis similaris. Corolla hypo-

crateriformis, alba ad pallida rosea; 8-12 cm longa, taenits meso-petalinis sericeis. Stamina

5; flamenta leviter inaequalia, 9-13 cm longa, 20-30 mm supra basin coroilae inserta.

Ovarium ovoideum, 2-loculare, stylus 12-16 cm longus. Capsula globulosa, glabra, 2-

loculare, + 17 mm alta. Semina 4, pilis dense lanatis ad 15 mm longis.

Deciduous perennial lana with woody, twining, glabrous or loosely villous stems. Leaves

simple, petiolate; blade broadly ovate to almost orbicular, shortly acuminate, acute,

cordate at the base, 5~21 cm long, 5-21 cm broad, becoming + glabrous above, tomentose

beneath: petiole 3-14 cm long, Inflorescence axillary: peduncle 10-90 mm long, bearing

| flower: bracts caducous,; pedicel 15-40 mm long, with glands at the distal end. Outer

sepals concave, ovate to orbicular, 25-35 mm long, tomentose, inner sepals of similar

size, Corolla salviform, white to pale pink, 8-12 cm long, with silky midpetaline bands.

Stamens 3: filaments slightly unequal, 9-13 cm long, attached 20-30 mm above the base

of the corolla. Ovary ovoid, 2-locular; style 12-16 cm long. Capsule globular, glabrous,

a + 17 mm high. Seeds 4. densely covered with long wavy hairs to 15 mm long.

Fig. 4. Ipemoea saintronanensis: habit with inflorescence (Gray 300) X [/2.

223

Queensland (all BRI). Cook District: St Ronans Station, Dec 1960, Meyers [AQ276627]}, Lynd scrub, W of Mt

Garnet, in 1962, Webb & Tracey 7803; dry scrub near Mt Garnet, no date, Jones [AQ276628]; Harbour Bridge

Cave-Yaramulla Station, Oct 1976, Williams 76096; 40 Mile Scrub, Feb 1977, Gray 300, Aug 1979, Clarkson &

Byrnes 2523, Feb 1986, Clarkson 6332; 40 Mile Scrub National Park, Feb 1979, Godwin [AQ291837].

This species is currently known only from deciduous vine thickets, south-west of

Mt Garnet. These thickets are mainly restricted to basaltic soils. This species is adequately

conserved within the 40 Mile Scrub National Park.

Etymology: The specific epithet is derived from the name of a grazing property, St

Ronans, from which this species has been collected. The final s’ of the place name has

been deliberately omitted to assist pronunciation.

Acknowledgements

This work was supported by a grant from the Australian Biological Resources

Study. I would like to thank G. Rankin and W. Smith for the illustrations and J. Calway

and H. Dillewaard for technical assistance provided.

224

Austrobaileya 2(3): 224-226 (1986)

THE GENUS GONIOTHALAMUS (BLUME)J.D.HOOK. &

THOMSON (ANNONACEAE) IN AUSTRALIA

L.W. Jessup

Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qid 4068

Summary

A new species Goniothalamus australis from north-eastern Queensland is described thereby extending the known

distribution of the genus te Australia,

A rainforest tree occurring on the Atherton Tableland and adjacent areas tentatively

known since its first collection in 1947 by L.S. Smith and L.J. Webb as Xylopia sp. is

here described as a new species of Goniothalamus.

Goniothalamus australis Jessup, sp. nov.

Arbor usque 30 m alta. Folia obovata, oblongo-obovata vel elliptica, obtusa vel acuminata,

supra glabra, infra glabrescenta. Lamina (5-)7-12 cm longa et (2-)3-5 cm lata; basi

breviter attenuata; margines leviter recurvatae. Petiolus 3-10 mm longus. Inflorescentia

axillaris vel ramala; flores solitar1 vel bini. Pedicelli 15-20 mm longi; bracteae 3-5,

basales. Sepala triangularia vel late ovata, acuta, 7-8 mm longa et 6-6.5 mm lata. Petala

extima coriacea, ovata, recurvata lateraliter, incurvata apicale, 25-35 mm longa et 16-21

mm lata, adpressa puberulenta. Petala interiora, trullata vel rhombea, 10-12 mm longa

et 7~9 mm lata, externa adpressa puberulenta, margines breviter tomentosa, intra glabra.

Stamina 1.4 mm longa; connectiva pulvinata. Carpella plerumque 9-11; ovaria glabra.

Ovula 5-7. Stigma infundibuliforma rima intra praedita, hispida. Monocarpia matura

oblonga vel ellipsoidea, obtusa vel apiculata, breviter stipitata, 3-6 cm longa et 1.5-2.5

cm lata. Semina oblonga, oblique truncata, ca 2 cm longa; testa laevis, hirtella, rubro-

brunnea. Typus: Lamins Hill, ca 12 km E of Malanda, Atherton Tableland, 17°23’S,

145°42’E, 12 Dec 1984, L.W. Jessup 764 (holotypus BRI, isotypi A, BRI, K, L, MO, P,

ORS, UV).

Tree to 30 m high and 45 cm d.b.h., often less than 20 m and 15 cm d.b.h. Outer bark

shallowly wrinkled, brown. Shoots appressed pubescent with red-brown antrorse hairs.

Branchlets smooth, glabrescent. Leaves obovate, oblong-obovate or elliptic, obtuse or

acute with a blunt tip, glabrous above, glabrescent below. Lamina (5-) 7-12 x (2-) 3-5

cm; base shortly attenuate; margins slightly recurved; midvein shallowly channelled

above, raised below; secondary veins mostly 9-12 pairs, slightly raised on both surfaces

in dry material scarcely visible in fresh material; tertiary and higher order venation

reticulate, inconspicuous. Petiole channelled above, 3-10 mm long. Inflorescence axillary

or ramal; flowers solitary or paired. Pedicels 15-20 mm long, glabrous or with a few

appressed hairs; bracts 3-5, basal, ovate, ca 1 mm long, caducous. Sepals 3, triangular

or broadly ovate, acute, 7-8 mm X 6-6.5 mm, glabrescent. Outer petals 3, coriaceous,

ovate, laterally recurved, apically incurved, 25-35 mm X 16-21 mm, appressed puber-

ulent. Inner petals 3, trullate or rhombic, 10-12 mm X 7~9 mm, clawed, concave inside,

cohering along broad upper margins forming a vaulted cap, appressed puberulent outside,

shortly tomentose along margins, glabrous inside. Stamens numerous, oblong, slightly

tapered, ca 1.4 mm long, connectives pulvinate at apex, concealing anthers; anthers

septate. Carpels mostly 9-11; ovaries + cylindrical with an inside longitudinal groove,

Straight or slightly curved below apex, 2.5-2.7 mm long, glabrous. Ovules usually 5-7,

superposed. Style short, tapering to a funnel-shaped, hispid stigma with an inside slit

contiguous with groove in ovary. Margins of slit usually overlapping. Ripe monocarps

oblong or ellipsoid, obtuse or apiculate, shortly stalked, 3-6 cm x 1.5~2.5 cm. Seeds

oblong, obliquely truncate, ca 2 cm long; testa smooth, hirtellus, red-brown. Fig. 1.

Queensland. Cook District: Mt Finnigan, (15°47’S, 145°17’E), 25 Aug 1972, Wehb & Tracey 12107 (BRI); Mt

Hemmant, just N of Noah Creek, A ahs 145°26’E), Jul 1973, Webb & Tracey 11747 (BRI), 11977 (BRI);

T.R.142, Zarda L.A., (6°25'S, 145°] S’E), Sep 1973, Hyland 6897 (BRI, QRS); near Schillers hut, Mt Spurgeon,

(16°26’S, 145°12’E), Sep 1972, Webb & Tracey 11789 (BRD; Mt Misery on Mt Carbine Tableland, (16°27'S,

145°06’E), Sep 1972, Webb & Tracey 11682 (BRI); S.F.R. 143, North Mary L.A., (16°30’S, 145°16’E), Sep 1973,

Sanderson 334 (BRI, QRS); S.F.R. 143, South Mary L.A., (16°31’S, 145°15’E), Feb 1979, Gray 1264 (BRI, QRS);

end of Mt Lewis rd, (16°35’S, 145°15’E), Aug 1957, Smith 10076 (BRI; Mt Bellenden Ker, 13 Jun 1969, Smith

/ As TINA

ijl ! Mh Ph \

i |

er eT

1 1

-., Pe 4

T iar teh yet Sele

aT oo = aig

ad *

) mes

a. *

* +

is Loe Tel

< iin

‘.

o-Ps

Fig. 1. Goniothalamus australis: A. flower (Jessup 764) X 1. B. flower with | outer petal removed (Sankowsky

291) X 1. C. detail of flower, 1 outer petal removed, inner cap detached and | petal removed, some stamens

removed (Jessup 764) X 6. D. habit, in fruit (Jessup 522) x 1/2. E. longitudinal section of monocarp (Hamilton,

20 Jan 1975) X 1.

226

14707 (BRI); S.F.R. 310, Gadgarra, (17°1S’S, 145°45’E), Oct 1968, Hyland 2013 R.F.K. (BRI); S.F.R. 310, Windin

L.A., (17°15’S, 145°40’B), Jan 1957, White 1326 (BRI); S.F.R. 310, Swipers L.A., (17°15’S, 145°45’E), Mar 1969,

Hyland 2201 R.E.K. (BRI); Jagan, ‘Malanda-Millaa-Millaa rd, (17°23/S, 145°36’E), Nov 1981, Gray 2301, (BRI,

QRS); Lamins Hill, junction of Old Boonjie rd and Topaz rd, (17°23’S, 145°42’E), Nov 1982, Jessup 522 (BRI);

Lamins Hill, ca 12 km E of Malanda, (17°23’S, 145°42’E), Dec 1984, Jessup 764 (A, BRI, K, L, MO, P,

U); Nov 1983, Sankowsky 291 (BRI); Hosie Rd, Tarzali, (17°25’S, 145°35’E), Jan 1975, Hamilton (QRS); T.R.

1230, Boonjie, (17°25’S, 145°45’E), Nov 1972, Irvine 409 (BRI, ORS); 18 Dec 1972, Irvine 425 (BRI, ORS); along

road SE of Tarzali and S of Bartletts Hill (17°26'S, 145°38’E), Feb 1983, T racey | 14973 (BRI, QRS); Topaz, near

Malanda, (17°26’S, 145°43’E), Aug 1947, Smith 3300 & Webb (BRD. [S. F.R. = State Forest Reserve: T.R. =

Timber Reserve; L.A, = Logging Area].

This species occurs in upland mesophyll and submontane notophyll vine forest

in a variety of soil types on the eastern edge of the Atherton Tableland and adjacent

mountains north to Mt Finnigan.

The genus Goniothalamus (Blume)J.D. Hook. & Thompson consists of about 100 |

species distributed from China and India, through SE Asia and Malesia to Australia.

Nguyen Tien Ban (1974a, 5) classified the genus into 2 subgenera based on the

shape of the staminal connective. Unfortunately several species from E Malesia were

not included in this classification.

The funnel-shaped stigma and 6-7 ovules in G. australis Jessup suggest placement

of this species in section Jnfundibulistigma Tien Ban, subsection Polyspermi Tien Ban.

The 4 species placed in this subsection by Nguyen Tien Ban are G. philippinensis Merrill

and G. lancifolius Merrill from the Philippines, G. low1i Merrill & Chun from Hainan

and G. /aoticus (Finet & Gaignep.)Tien Ban from Laos.

G. philippinensis differs from G. australis in having appressed pubescent carpels

and around 17 pairs of secondary leaf veins while G. /ancifolius differs in having outer

petals 7-8 cm long and 25-30 pairs of secondary leaf veins. G. /owii and G. laoticus

both differ from G. australis in having + fusiform stigmas.

Subsection Infundibuliformes Tien Ban contains several species with funnel-shaped

stigmas similar to those seen in G. australis but these species have only | or 2 ovules

per ovary. They occur in Thailand, Indo-China and Malaysia. Presumably there is a

gradation between fusiform-cylindric and funnel-shaped stigmas which led Nguyen Tien

Ban to base the subsections on ovule number rather than stigma shape.

Acknowledgements

I would like to thank Mr L. Pedley for reading the manuscript and checking the

Latin description and Mr G. Batainoff for his Russian translation. Mr G. Sankowsky

assisted with fieldwork and Mr W. Smith produced the line drawings.

References

BAN, N.T. (1974a). On the taxonomy of the genus Goniothalamus (Blume) J.D. Hook. & Thomson (Annonaceae)

|. Botanicheskii Zhurnal 59(4): 547-555.

BAN, N.T. (1974). On the taxonomy of the genus Goniothalamus (Blume) J.D. Hook. & Thomson (Annonaceae)

2. Botanicheskti Zhurnal 59(5): 660-672.

227

Austrobaileya 2(3): 227-227 (1986)

NEW COMBINATIONS IN AUSTRALIAN ANNONACEAE

L.W. Jessup

Queensiand Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qid 4068

Summary

The following new combinations are made. Desmos goezeanus (F. Muell.) Jessup; Desmos wardianus (Bailey)Jessup;

Miliusa brahei (F. Muell.) Jessup; Polyalthia australis (Benth.)Jessup; Pseuduvaria froggattii (F. Muell.)Jessup.

Unona queenslandica Domin is a synonym of Desmos goezeanus and Polyalthia holtzeana F. Muell, is a synonym

of Polyalthia australis,

Recent studies in Australian Annonaceae have indicated the need for correct

placement of five taxa. Descriptions and other details on each species will be published

in forthcoming papers as each genus is revised. The necessary new combinations follow.

Desmos goezeanus (F. Muell.)Jessup, comb. nov. :

Uvaria goezeana F.Muell., Fragm. 7: 125 (1871). Type: Rockingham Bay, Qld, 1870,

J. Dallachy (MEL, holo; BRI, K, iso).

Unona queenslandica Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 670 (1925), synon. nov. Type: Lake

Eacham, 1 Feb 1910, K. Domin (PR, holo).

Desmos wardianus (Bailey)Jessup, comb. nov.

Unona wardiana Bailey, Qd FI. 6: 1996 (1902). Type: Mapoon, Qld, 22 May 1901,

J.F. Bailey (BRI, holo).

Miliusa brahei (F. Muell.)Jessup, comb. nov.

Saccopetalum brahei F. Muell., Fragm. 8: 159 (1874). Type: near Port Denison,

Qld, £. Fitzalan (MEL, holo; BRI, K, iso).

Polyalthia australis (Benth.)Jessup, comb. nov.

Popowia australis Benth., Fl. Austral. 1: 52 (1863). Type: Barrow Bay, Port Essington,

N.T., May 1840, J. Armstrong 623 (CK, holo).

Polyalthia holtzeana F. Muell., The Southern Sci. Rec. 2: 230 (1882), synon. nov.

Type: Near Port Darwin, MM. Holtze 181 (MEL, holo).

Pseuduvaria froggattii (F. Muell.)Jessup, comb. nov.

Mitrephora froggattii F. Muell., Australasian Journ. Pharm. 2: 3 (1887).Types:

Mossman River, Qld, in 1886, W. Sayer 145 MEL 670807, W. Sayer 145 & W.

Froggatt MEL 670808, W. Sayer MEL 670809 (MEL, syn).

Acknowledgements

J extend my thanks to the Directors of K and MEL for the loan of type material.

References

SINCLAIR, J. (1955). A revision of the Malayan Annonaceae. The Gardens’ Bulletin Singapore 15(2): 149-516.

228

Austrobaileya 2(3): 228-234 (1986)

NEW SPECIES OF RHODAMNIA JACK (MYRTACEAE)

FROM AUSTRALIA

G.P,. Guymer and L.W. Jessup

Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068

Summary

Rhodamnia dumicola, R. whiteana and R. glabrescens are described and a key to the Australian species of

Rhodamnia is provided. An emended description of R. costata is given.

The genus Rhodamnia Jack has recently been revised by Scott (1979) who described

eight new species including R. costata A.J. Scott from eastern Queensland. On examining

the type collection (Hyland 7940) of R. costata and material at BRI placed by Scott

under this name, it was obvious that there was more than one taxon within his concept

of this species. We have recognised three species within Scott’s broad interpretation of

R. costata. In fact, R. costata as circumscribed by us does not have costate fruit, the

basis for Scott’s specific epithet.

We have maintained Rhodamnia spongiosa (Bailey)Domin as being distinct from

R. glauca Bl. New Guinea material held at BRI and cited by Scott (/oc. cit.) as R. glauca

includes two taxa. Until we examine the type of R. glauca and other New Guinea

aie on of this species, we are hestitant to accept that R. spongiosa is conspecific with

R. giauca.

Rhodamnia propinqua C. White was treated by Scott (/oc. cit.) as a variety of R.

blairiana F. Muell. Although these two taxa have superfically similar leaves they are

quite distinct species. R. blairiana differs from R. propinqua by its ovate-lanceolate leaves

which are 3-veined above the base, stouter and shorter pedicels, and coarser tomentum

on the flowers and inflorescences.

Material: of a further new species was brought to our attention by Mr W.J.

McDonald in 1980. Flowering and fruiting material of this species was recently obtained

through the generosity of Mr N. Gibson enabling it to be formally described.

The leaf descriptions are based on dried material, although R. glabrescens, R.

whiteana and R. dumicola were studied in the field. The floral and fruit descriptions are

based on material preserved in spirit or reconstituted material. Inflorescence terminology

follows that of Briggs and Johnson (1979), leaf terminology follows that of Hickey (1973)

and ecological terminology follows that of Webb (1978).

Rhodamnia dumicola Guymer & Jessup, sp. nov.

Differt a R. costata A.J. Scott baccis 7-9-lobis depressio globularibus, inflorescentiis post

foliis, habitatione et habitu. Typus: ca 1 km SE of Pine Mtn, rd to Worlds End Pocket,

N of Ipswich, 9 Dec 1981, Guymer 1654 & Jessup (holotypus BRI, isotypi BRI, CANB,

CBG, DNA, K, L, MEL, MO, NE, NSW, SING).

Small trees or shrubs 3-6 m; bark grey, rough, slightly flaky. Branchlets terete with pale

grey bark, puberulent when young, glabrescent. Lamina ovate or slightly obovate, glabrous

above, hoary below, (30—) 35-60 mm long, (18-) 22-42 mm wide; apex acuminate,

obtuse, rounded or retuse; base attenuate, decurrent; oil glands dense, 1-5 per areole;

primary veins 3, suprabasal perfect acrodromous, laterals 0.5-3 mm from margin (up

to 5 mm on juvenile leaves); secondary veins 11-20 pairs; tertiary venation distinct and

slightly raised above, obscure below except on young leaves; midrib sunken above, raised

below; petiole glabrous or puberulent, channelled above, 5~10 mm long. Inflorescences

ramal and lower axillary, fasciculate, monads or triads, 6-10 mm long; axes puberulent;

peduncles 2-4 mm long; pedicels 1-5 mm long; metaxyphylls and prophylls ovate,

puberulent, persistent or sub-persistent, 0.4-0.8 mm long. Flowers 4-merous; perigynium

sparsely puberulent, 1.5-2 mm long and 1.9-2.1 mm diam. at anthesis. Calyx lobes

semi-elliptic, obtuse, sparsely puberulent, ciliate, 1-1.3 mm long, 1.5-1.8 mm wide.

229

Petals white, ovate, concave, glabrous except ciliate margins, 3-3.5 mm long, 2.8-3 mm

wide. Stamens ca 90; filaments white, 2.5-3 mm long, ca 0.1 mm diam. Ovary with 2

placentas; ovules 26-28. Style glabrous, white, 4.5—4.8 mm long, ca 0.4 mm diam. Berry

depressed-globular in outline, 7-9-lobed, initially yellow mpening to orange-red, finally

dark purple or black, (8.5-) 10-12 mm diam., 6-7 mm long. Seeds 1-8 (—11), angular,

reniform, (2-) 3-4 mm long. Fig. 1A-D.

Flowering period: November to January.

Fruiting period: April to May.

Distribution: The species is endemic in south-eastern Queensland from Dawes Range

State Forest (latitude 24°30’S) to Bahr’s Scrub, S of Beenleigh (latitude 27°48’).

Queensland, PORT CURTIS DISTRICT: State Forest 67, Bulburin, ca 3 km S of Bulburin Forestry Station, Jul 1978,

McDonald 2408 & Stanton (BRI), vicinity of Forest Station, Apr 1980, McDonald 3242, Fisher & Ryan (BRI).

Wipe Bay District: Splitter’s Ck, ca 6 km W of Bundaberg on Gin Gin rd, Oct 1984, Jessup 590 (BRD; Fraser

Island, May 1921, White (BRI); Pialba, Oct 1921, White (BRD; Bellevue Scrub, Dundowran, Jul 1928, Tryon

(BRD); ‘0.5 km W of Grassy Mtn, ca 5 km SSW of Bauple, Dec 1982, Guymer 1836 & Dillewaard (BRI); Theebine,

Nov 1921, White (BRI); Kin Kin (W of “Lower Pine’’), Dec 1919, Francis (BRI); Imbil, Dec 1943, Clemens

(BRP). BURNETT DISTRICT: Valley & Duck Logging areas, State Forest 289, Neumgna, ca 16 km W of Yarraman,

Apr 1978, Jessup 104 & McDonald (BRI). MORETON DISTRICT: Kilcoy, without date, England (BRI); near Crow’s

Nest, Feb 1944, Clemens (BRD; Opossum Logging area, State Forest 283 Colinton, Apr 1978, Jessup 90 &

McDonald (BRI); Splityard Ck, Wivenhce Dam, Dec 1983, Bird (BRI); Ward’s Scrub, W of Samford, near

headwaters of South Pine R., Dec 1983, Jessup 574 & Guymer (BRD, Jessup 573 & Guymier (BRI, L); Betts Rd,

Samford, Nov 1984, Guymer 1913 (BRI, NSW, K, L, QRS, CBG, DNA), Worlds End Pocket, Pine Mtn rd, N

of Ipswich, Dec 1981, Bird (BRI, NSW, MEL, CBG, CANB, L, K); ca 1 km SE of Pine Mt, rd to Worlds End

Pocket, N of Ipswich, Dec 1981, Guymer 1653 & Jessup (BRI, CANB, NE, NSW, MEL), Guymer 1654 & Jessup

(BRI, CANB, DNA, K, L, MEL, MO, NE, SING), Gupmer 1655 & Jessup (BRI), Feb 1982, Guymer 1678 &

Jessup (BRI, CANB, K, MEL, NE); Pine Mtn, N of Ipswich, May 1978, Williams 78059 (BRI), June 1978,

Williams 78098 (BRI); Bahr’s Scrub, 8 of Beenleigh, Jun 1983, Guymer 1859 & Jessup (BRI).

Habitat: &. dumicola occurs in notophyll or microphyll vine thickets or low vine forests,

often in association with Araucaria cunninghamii, from near sea-level to 400 m altitude.

Affinities: R. dumicola has affinities with R. costata and R. whiteana but differs in its

7-9-lobed berry, its ramal inflorescences and its smaller flowers. The species occurs in

lowland rainforest communities with a mean annual rainfall (M.A.R.) of 900-1200 mm

whereas both RK. costata and R. whiteana occur in montane rainforests (750-1200 m)

with a M.A.R. in excess of 1500 mm.

The specimens of Clemens from Imbil and Mt Bauple cited by Scott (1979) under

R. costata are R. dumicola. Scott’s description of the fruit of R. costata was based on

the Clemens specimen of R. dumicola from Imbil.

This is the species referred to by Stanley & Ross (1986) as Rhodamnia sp. 1.

Etymology: The specific epithet is derived from dumo (thicket) and cola (dweller) referring

to the species’ habitat.

Rhodamnia whiteana Guymer & Jessup, sp. nov.

Differt a R. costata A.J.Scott foliis lanceolatis, inflorescentiis majoribus floribus majoribus

et baccis majoribus. Typus: Mt Cordeaux, just below summit, Moreton District, Queens-

land, 23 Dec 1981, Guymer 1658 & Jessup (holotypus BRI, isotyp1 BRI, CANB, CBG,

K, L, MEL, MO, NE, NSW, QRS).

Trees 6-18 m; bark dark brown to black, finely longitudinally fissured. Branchlets terete

with brown and grey striped bark, puberulent when young, glabrescent. Lamina elliptic,

lanceolate or ovate-lanceolate, rarely ovate, glabrous above, hoary below, (4-) 5-9.5 cm

long, (1.2—) 1.5-3 cm wide; apex acuminate or acute; base attenuate, decurrent: oil glands

dense, 1-5 per areole; primary veins 3, suprabasal perfect acrodromous, laterals 1-3 mm

from margin; secondary veins 13-17 pairs; tertiary venation obscure and flush above,

distinct and flush below; petiole channelled above, 4-7.5 mm long. Inflorescences axillary,

! or 2 per axil, triads or metabotryoids, 3-9-flowered, 15-30 mm long; axes puberulent;

peduncles 5~9 mm long; pedicels 2-6 mm long; pherophylls and metaxyphylls ovate to

narrowly triangular, concave, puberulent, caducous or persistent, 0.8-3.5 mm long, 0.5-1

mm wide. Flowers 4-merous: perigynium hoary, 3-3.5 mm long and 2.8-3.1 mm diam.

at anthesis; calyx lobes semi-elliptic, obtuse, hoary, ciliate, persistent, 2.5-3 mm long,

2.3-2.8 mm wide. Petals white, reflexed, obovate, concave, ciliate, sparsely puberulent

230

outside, 6.5-7.5 mm long, 4~5.5 mm wide. Stamens 100-110; filaments white, 4-6 mm

long, ca 0.1 mm diam. Ovary with 2 placentas; ovules 76-80. Style puberulent, 7-8 mm

long, 0.25-0.5 mm diam. Berry globular, initially yellow, ripening to red, finaily dark

purple to black, crowned by hoary calyx lobes, 12-13 mm long, 10.5-13 mm diam.

Seeds 6-10 (-18) [1-7 viable], angular, reniform, fawn, 3.5—5 mm long. Germination

phanerocotylar. Fig. 1E-G.

Flowering period: December to January.

Fruiting period: February to May.

Distribution: The species is restricted to the Great Dividing Range from Mt Mistake in

south-eastern Queensland to Mebbin Rock in north-eastern New South Wales between

750 and 1200 m altitude.

Queensland. MORETON District: Mt Mistake, Jun 1887, Bailey [BRI 292776] (BRI), without date, Shir/ey [BRI

292775] (BRI); Mistake Mtns, May 1948, Smith & White 3600 (BRI), Oct 1920, White [BRI 292774] (BRI), Mt

Cordeaux, May 1961, Smith 11307 (BRD, {5 Nov 1969, Sith [BRI 309209] (BRD; Mt Cordeaux, just below

summit, Dec 1981, Guymer 1658 & Jessup (BRI, P, DNA), Guymer 1659 & Jessup (BRI, CANB, CGB, K, L,

MEL, MO, NE, NSW, QRS), Guyrmer 1660 & Jessup (BRI, NOU, A, SING, BO), Guymer 1660a & Jessup (BRI),

Mar 1982, Guymer 1680 & Jessup (BRI, CANB, DNA, K, MO, NSW). DARLING Downs District: Mts near

Emu Vale, Nov 1922, Francis [BRI 292773] (BRI); Forest Reserve 400, ca 22 mls [38 km] SE of Warwick, Apr

1962, Smith 11478a (BRI). Without location, without date, Simmonds [BRI 11494] (BRI. New South Wales.

NorTH Coast: Mebbin Rock, Jul 1981, Flovd (BRD.

Habitat: R. whiteana occurs in montane complex notophyll vine forest on basalt.

Affinities: R. whiteana is most closely related to R. costata and differs by its lanceolate

leaves with primary lateral veins 1-3 mm from the margin, larger inflorescences and

flowers, hoary perigynium and calyx lobes and its larger berries.

The specimens of Constable [NSW 24351] (NSW) and Simmonds [BRI 11495]

(BRI) cited by Scott (1979) under R. costata are referable to R. whiteana.

This is the species referred to by Stanley & Ross (1986) as Rhodamnia sp. 2.

Etymology: The specific epithet commemorates Cyril Tenison White (1890-1950),

Queensland Government Botanist (1917-1950), who made significant contributions to

the taxonomy of Queensland plants. He described two new species of Rhodamnia in his

treatment of this genus (White 1937).

Rhodamnia costata A.J. Scott, Kew Bulletin 33: 453 (1979). Type: Bridle logging area,

State Forest Reserve 607, Jan 1975, Hyland 7940 (holotype, not seen, isotype

BRI, QRS).

Trees 16-25 m; bark fissured and flaky. Branchlets terete with brown or grey bark,

puberulent when young, glabrescent. Lamina ovate or elliptic, glabrous above, hoary

below, 4-7 cm long, 2-3.5 cm wide; apex slightly acuminate, obtuse; base attenuate,

decurrent; oil glands dense, 1-4 per areole; primary veins 3, suprabasal perfect acrod-

romous, sunken above, raised below, laterals 2-4 mm from margin; secondary veins

8-13 pairs; tertiary venation obscure, except on abaxial surfaces of young leaves; petiole

channelled above, 4-8 mm long. Inflorescences axillary and ramal, monads or triads,

12-18 mm long; axes puberulent; peduncles up to 8 mm long; pedicels 1-3 mm long;

pherophylls and metaxyphylls persistent or deciduous, ovate, puberulent, 0.6-1.2 mm

long. Flowers 4-merous; perigynium glabrous, 2-3 mm long and 2-2.5 mm diam. at

anthesis; calyx lobes semicircular, glabrous except for ciliate margins, 1-1.6 mm long,

1.5-2 mm wide. Petals white and tinged with pink towards base, sparsely puberulent

outside, ciliate, obovate, 4-6.5 mm long, 3.5-5 mm wide. Stamens 106-115; filaments

white, 3-6 mm long. Ovary with 2 placentas; ovules 62-67. Style puberulent, pink,

5.7-6.2 mm long. Berry globular, glabrous, red, crowned by calyx lobes, 5-7 mm long,

6-8 mm diam. Seeds 3-6, reniform, 3-4 mm long.

Flowering period: December to January.

Fruiting period: April to May.

Distribution: R. costata occurs from the Mt Windsor Tableland, to the Clarke Range,

NW of Mackay, in north-eastern Queensland between 760 and 1100 m altitude.

231

Queensland. Cook District: State Forest Reserve 144, Windsor Tbld, Nov 1971, Hyland RFK 2558 (QRS), Oct

1975, Hyland RKF 3361 (QRS), Apr 1976, Hyland RKF 3410 (BRI, QRS), Jan 1977, Hyland 9276 (BRI, QRS),

Jul 1978, Hyland RFK 3737 (QRS), RFK 3738 (QRS), Oct 1979, Moriarty 2690 (QRS), Jun 1976, Sanderson

1074 (QRS), Jun 1979, Sanderson 1632 (QRS); Bridle logging area, State Forest Reserve 607, Dec 1974, Hyland

RFK 3141 (QRS), Jan 1975, Hyland 7940 (BRI, QRS); State Forest Reserve 194, Sep 1968, Hyland RFK 1974

(ORS), May 1979, Risley 576 (QRS); Mt Spec, Mar 1933, White 8964 (BRD, Apr 1979, Frith RF55 (QRS); State

Forest Reserve 268, Cloudy logging area, Jul 1968, Hyland RFK 1598 (QRS). SouUTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: Cathu

State Forest, 8 km SW of Cathu, Nov 1981, Young (BRD; Clarke Ra., Cathu, Apr 1983, Dansie s.n. (QRS);

Eungella Ra., Sep 1938, White 12958 (BRI); Dalrymple Hts, ca 37 miles [62 km] W of Mackay, Aug 1965, Martin

& Gould s.n. (BRI); near Crediton Parish, Dalrymple Hts, Oct-Nov 1947, Clemens s.n. (BRD.

Habitat: The species occurs in montane simple notophyll vine forest on granites.

Affinities: The species is most closely related to R. whiteana but differs by its ovate

leaves with the primary lateral veins 2-4 mm from the margin, smaller inflorescences

and flowers, glabrous perigynium and calyx lobes and smaller berries.

Rhodamnia glabrescens Guymer & Jessup, sp. nov.

R. maidenianae C. White proxima cujus inflorescentias, folia glabra, habitum et corticem

habet. Differt domatis, venatione foliorum, floribus et innovationibus puberulis. Typus:

State Forest 67 Bulburin, 23 May 1985, N. Gibson 733 (holotypus BRI, isotypus BRI).

Shrubs or small spindly trees 2-4.5 m; bark brown, flaky. Branchlets terete or slightly

quadrangular, with brown bark peeling off in strips; shoot apices and buds appressed

sericeous. Lamina ovate to ovate-lanceolate, glabrous or with scattered appressed hairs,

6-10.5 cm long, 2-5 cm wide; apex acuminate, acute; base attenuate, decurrent; oil

glands sparse and only in vicinity of midrib; domatia present as pockets at junction

between primary veins, glabrous; primary veins 3, suprabasal perfect acrodromous,

sunken above, raised below; secondary veins 8-12 pairs; tertiary venation distinct and

raised above, obscure below except on young leaves; petiole puberulent, glabrescent,

channelled above, 3-5 (-6) mm long. Inflorescences axillary, fasciculate, triads or monads,

10-13 mm long; axes puberulent, glabrescent; peduncles up to 3 mm long; pedicels 4-6

mm long; pherophylls and metaxyphylls puberulent, lanceoate, persistent or deciduous,

i.5-2 mm long. Flowers 4-merous; perigynium sparsely appressed-puberulent, 2-2.5 mm

long and 1.9~2.2 mm diam. at anthesis; calyx lobes ovate, ciliate, sparsely appressed-

puberulent, glabrescent, 3-3.5 mm long, 2.2-2.8 mm wide. Petals white, obovate to

broadly obovate, ciliate, 5.5-6 mm long, 4-5 mm wide. Stamens 78-86; filaments mauve,

3-3.5 mm long, ca 0.1 mm diam. Ovary with 2 placentas; ovules 32-35. Style glabrous,

4.5-3.5 mm long. Berry globular, smooth, dull red, 4-7 mm diam., 4-9 mm long,

crowned by erect calyx lobes ca 3 mm long. Seeds 2 or 3, reniform, flattened, (3-) 44.5

mm long. Fig. 1H & I.

Flowering period: May.

Fruiting period: July to August.

Distribution: R. glabrescens is only known from Dawes Range State Forest (previously

State Forest 67, Bulburin) in the upper catchment of Granite Creek and Boyne River

at altitudes of 200 to 500 m.

Queensland. PORT CURTIS District: Granite Ck, 0.5-i km NW of Boobook Ck junction, State Forest 67,

Bulburin, Dec 1982, Guymer 1820 & Dillewaard (BRI, NSW), Guymer 1817 & Dillewaard (BRI); Boyne Logging

area, Bulburin State Forest, Apr 1980, McDonald 3160, Fisher & Ryan (BRI; State Forest 67, Bulburin, ca 24

km W of Lowmead, Jul 1978, MfcDonald 2368 (BRI, CANB), May 1985, Gibson 733 (BRI), Aug 1985, Gibson

s.n. (BRI).

Habitat: The species occurs in complex notophyll vine forest.

Affinities: R. glabrescens is perhaps most closely related to R. maideniana which also

has glabrous leaves, similar inflorescences, habit and bark. Nevertheless, it differs from

this species by its sericeous flowers and shoot apices, leaf venation and sparse oil glands

in the leaves.

Etymology: Named from the Latin glabrescens in reference to the almost glabrous

inflorescences and leaves.

232

Fig. 1. Rhodamnia dumicola: A. flower and bud (Guymer 1654 & Jessup) x 3. B. flowering branchlet (Guymer

1654 & Jessup) X 1. C. fruiting branchlet (Guymer 1678 & Jessup) x |. D. mature fruits (Guymer 1678 & Jessup)

x |. R. whiteana: E. flowering branchlet (Guymer 1658 & Jessup) * 3. G. fruiting branchlet (Guymer 1680 &

Jessup) X 1. H. R. glabrescens: fruiting branchlet (Gibson s.n.) x |. I. flowering branchlet (Gibson 733) x 1,

10.

233

Key to Australian Species of Rhodamnia

. Leaves glabrous or with scattered hairs along the veins below ............ 2

Leaves with a distinct abaxial tomentum ...................... 4... 4

. Inflorescences ramal; flowers and _ (fruits in sessile fascicles.

R. sessiliflora Benth.

Inflorescences atdltnry: flowers atid) fruits bediceliate Mel ee tee Waele sooo eae ee

. Primary lateral veins (3-) 4-6 mm from margin; oil eee ae in

vicinity of midrib. Subcoastal central Qld ...... sr _R. glabrescens

Primary lateral veins 1- aD mm from margin; oil came dense. SE tee

& NE NSW.............. | ae _R. maideniana

. Leaves, inflorescence axes and flowers sericeous .. .................... 5

Leaves, inflorescence axes and flowers pubescent or iouky TE, salts e oo oO

. Primary lateral veins 3-12 mm from margin, leaves ovate-acuminate.

Coastal SE Qld nog ee eee .......... R. acuminata C.White

Primary lateral veins 1-3 mm from mae, leaves ovate or elliptic.

INT Se INCOR. 5 ese. aes eg log, ...... KR. australis A.J.Scott

. Abaxial leaf surface hoary... .. . ee Pe ree Le ee,

Abaxial leaf surface pubescent or sereunous leis hee En Ee a Orr) Oem |

. Petals glabrous or sparsely puberulent outside... .. ............,........ 8

Petals white villous outside .. 2. 20 0. o. e e eee ee LD

. Inflorescences ramal or lower anaes Berries veEernate si iian 7-9-

lobed. SE Qld We ES . , .. R. dumicola

Inflorescences giilines hesios elébulai. not Johed eS ooh Ra ca cy heeds iene

. Inflorescences 15-30 mm long, metrabotryoids or triads; calyx lobes

hoary. Leaves lanceolate (length:breadth 2.3-4.1: I); SEY * lateral

veins 1-3 mm from margin. SE Qid & NE NSW . R. whiteana

Inflorescences 12~18 mm long, monads or triads, calyx lobes glabrous.

Leaves ovate or ovate-lanceolate (length: breadth 1.7-2.4: nile cea

lateral veins 2-4 mm from margin. NE Qld. . Paes .. .. R, costata

Lamina 3-veined from the base; primary lateral veins 4-6 mm from

margin. Petals 3-4 mm long. SE Qid & NE NSW........ R. argentea Benth.

Lamina 3-veined above the base; lateral veins 5-13 mm from margin.

Petals 5-7 mm long. NE Qld.. © ee. Bier, rd .. .. KR. spongiosa

. Flowers and abaxial leaf surfaces sian amie villous with crinkled hairs;

placentas 3 (or 2). NE Qld... . o........... R. dlairiana F. Muell.

Flowers glabrous or sparsely pines abaxial leaf surfaces white or

grey pubescent; placentas 2... eee) hae ee eee

Inflorescences triads or botryoids; leaf pubescence of erect hairs; leaves |

7-9 cm long, 3-4 cm wide. SE Qld & E NSW .... ..R. rubescens (Benth.)Miq.

Inflorescences monads; leaf pubescence of appressed and erect hairs;

leaves 3-6 cm long, 1.8-3.2 cm wide. E central Qld . eri ae .R. sp. A

234

Acknowledgements

This work was partly funded by the Australian Biological Resources Study. We

thank Mrs G. Rankin and Mr W. Smith for the illustrations.

References

BRIGGS, B.G. & JOHNSON, L.A.S. (1979). Evolution in the Myrtaceae~evidence from inflorescence structure,

Proceedings of the Linnean Seciety of New South Wales 102: 157-236.

ask a . (1973). Classification of the architecture of dicotyledonous leaves. American Journal of Botany 60:

SCOTT, AJ, (1979). A revision of Rhedamnia (Myrtaceae), Kew Bulletin 33: 429-459,

ates xD. & ROSS, E.M. (1986), Flora of South-eastern Queensland Voi. 2. Brisbane: Queensland Dept.

rim. Ind.

WEBB, L.J, (1978). A general classification of Australian rainforests. Australian Plants 9: 349-363.

WHITE, C.T. (1937). The Australian species of Rhedaninia (Myriaceae). Blamea suppl, 1: 214-218,

233

Austrobatleya 2(3); 235-237 (1986)

ACACIA MACONOCHIEANA (MIMOSACEAE),

A NEW SPECIES FROM SEMI-ARID AUSTRALIA

L. Pedley

Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Rd, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068

Summary

Acacia maconechieana is described as new. It has a restricted range in Western Australia and the Northern

Territory. It is compared with A. tephrina Pedley.

Acacia maconochieana Pediey, sp. nov. affinis A. tephrinae Pedley ramis inflorescentium

paucioribus, calyce longiore corollae dimidio breviore vix lobato saepe pilis aureis

ornato, leguminibus longioribus differt. Typus: J/.R. Maconochie 1749 (BRI,

holotypus; specimina distributa ad AD, B, CANB, DNA, K, NSW, NT, PERTH,

sed non visa).

Arbor usque 10 m alta cortice cinera sulcato longitudinaliter (fide Thomson); ramult

tenues angulares indumento pilorum brevium appressorum in angulis flavidis evanescenti.

Phyllodia recta vel leviter falcata, plerumque obtusa irregulariter interdum acuta, 8-15

(-17) cm longa, 2-5.5 mm lata, 20-40 (-80) plo longiora quam latiora, nervis multis

tenuis longitudinalibus (usque 30 in phyllodus latis), dense appresse pubescentia, pilis

ca 0.1 mm longis in phyllodus veteribus in areas intercostates limitatis interdum

phyllodiorum basin versus leviter patentibus; glans basalis; pulvinus 2-3 mm longus.

Capitula 20-25 florum pilis aureis inter flores in racemos dense pubescentes axillares

2-4 ramosos disposita ex axe 2-3 mm longa, ramis 4.5-8 mm longis constantes. Flores

5-meri; calyx membranaceus 0.6-0.9 mm longus plerumque pubescens in parte supera

lobis obtusis perbrevibus praeditus; corolla 1.5-1.7 mm longa, calyce ca 2 plo longior,

lobis in parte inferna conjunctis; stamina ca 3mm longa; ovarium dense pubescens.

Legumina recta linearia plana leviter contracta inter semina et convexa supra ea,

pubescentia dense appresse, usque 12-sperma et 13 cm longa, 5 mm lata; semina

longitudinalia 5.5-6 mm longa, ca 2.5 mm lata; pleurogramma tenuis areolam angustam

apertam formans; funiculus 2 parvis plicis arillum basilem faciens.

A tree to 10 m with a single trunk to ca 5 m, up to 30 cm d.b.h.; bark grey, longitudinally

furrowed (fide Thomson); branchlets slender, angular with a dense indumentum of short

appressed hairs wearing off on the yellowish ribs. Phyllodes straight or slightly falcate,

linear, usually irregularly obtuse, occasionally acute, 8-15 (-17) cm long, 2-5.5 mm

wide, 20-40 (—80) times as long as wide, many fine parallel longitudinal nerves (up to

30 on wide phyllodes), densely appressed pubescent with hairs ca 0. 1 mm long, hairs

on old phyllodes confined to intercostal areas and hairs at base of phyllodes spreading

to some extent; gland basal; pulvinus 2-3 mm long. Heads of 20-25 flowers with golden

hairs among the flowers, in densely pubescent axillary 2-4-branched racemes, the axis

2-3 mm long, branches 4.5-8 mm long. Flowers 5-merous; calyx membranous, 0.6-0.9

mm long, usually golden pubescent in upper part, with extremely short obtuse lobes;

corolla 1.5-1.7 mm long, the lobes united in the lower third; stamens ca 3 mm long;

ovary densely pubescent. Pod straight, linear, flat, shghtly contracted between seeds and

raised over them, densely appressed pubescent, up to 12-seeded and 13cm long, 5 mm

wide. Seeds longitudinal, 5.5-6 mm long, ca 2.5 mm wide; pleurogram fine forming

sige i open areole ca 3 times as long as wide; funicle with two folds forming basal aril.

Fig. 1.

Western Australia. + 2km NW of Lens Bore, Lake Gregory, 20°14’S, 127°29’E, Apr 1979, George 15415 (BRI;

PERTH un.y.); SW edge of Bulbi Plain, 44 km SW of Lake Gregory (Mulan) Settlement, 20°17’S, 127°19’E, Oct

1984, Thomson LXT 95 (BRI; FRI x.v.); 21 km SE of Bungabiddy Well, Lake Gregory, 20°16’S 127°28’E, Oct

1984, Thomson LAST 36 (BRI; FRI 7.v.); Weriaddo Ck, 20°18’S, £27°25’E, Jun 1980, Burbidge 157 (BRI; PERTH

nv.y. E of Lewis Ra. (approx. 20°10’S, 28°40’E), Jun 1968, Beard 5571 (PERTH). Northern Territory. 117 km W

of Hookers Creek, 18°12’S, 129°44’E, Jul 1973, Maconochie 1749 (TYPE: BRI, holo; AD, B, CANB, DNA, K,

NSW, NT, PERTH, n.v.); Sanctuary Swamp, 20°04’S, 129°33’E, Jul 1980, Afaconechie 2454 (BRI; AD, B, CANB,

DNA, HO, K, MEL, MO, NSW, NT, NY, PERTH, #.¥.).

Ecology: The species is restricted to the northern part of the Mueller Botanical District

(Beard, 1980) of Western Australia and adjacent parts of the Northern Territory where

236

cee

Aue

' a a :

Fig. .1. Acacia maconochieana: A. fruiting branch X %. B. flowering branch X %. c. seed X 8/3. D. flower x 5.

LA}

it is reported to occur on fine-loam and clay soils some of which are periodically

waterlogged and some suspected of being saline. It 1s particularly common around Lake

Gregory. It forms thickets when young or low open forest and woodland with little

understory when mature.

Acacia maconochieana has potential as a fuel-wood species for semi-arid tropical

and subtropical regions of the world. In situations receiving extra run-on water it grows

to a sizeable tree on fine-textured soils. The environment is harsh with the mean

maximum annual temperature exceeding 30°C., an unreliable rainfall averaging 350 mm

per annum and annual average evaporation about 2 800 mm.

The species has been discussed by Pedley (1981). Maslin (1981) treated it and

possibly two other taxa (one from ‘Indiana’ Station, Northern Territory, the other from

Richmond, Queensland) as Acacia sp. aff. A. cambagei R.T. Baker. Members of the

Microneurae group of Acacia* are often difficult to identify from herbarium material,

though they usually have distinctive facies in the field. The attributes that distinguish

A. maconochieana trom A. tephrina (ewer heads in the axillary racemes, slightly bigger

calyx half as long as the corolla, longer pods) may seem slight but are consonant with

attributes of the sort that distinguish other species-pairs of the group; for example, A.

tephrina from A. cana Maiden, and A. microsperma Pedley from A. omalophylla Cunn.

ex Benth. Many-species of the group are virtually confined to clay soils. Some of them,

for example A. cambagei and A. harpophylla F.Muell. ex Benth., are widely distributed

but others, especially A. ammophila Pedley, A. maranoensis Pedley and A. microcephala

Pedley, have narrow ranges.

Etymology: The species is named to commemorate John Maconochie (1941-84) a

knowledgeable botanist and a good companion.

References

BEARD, J.S. (1980). A new phytogeographic map of Western Australia. Western Australian Herbarium Research

Notes No. 3: 37-586.

MASLIN, B.R. eee Acacia in J.P. Jessop (ed.): Fiora of Central Australia. Sydney & Weilington: A.H. & A.W.

Reed Pty Lid

PEDLEY, L. (1978). A revision of Acacia Mill. in Queensland. Austrobaileya 1: 75-234.

PEDLEY, L. (1981). Further notes on Acacia in Queensland. Austrobaileya 1: 339-345.

*See Pedley (1978:84) for use of term group.

238

Austrobaileya 2(3): 238-242 (1986)

STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN GRASSES: 2*

B.K. Simon

Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068

Summary

A new species, Arthragrostis aristispicula is described. New combinations are Australopyrum yelutinum based on

Agropyron velutinum Nees, Austrofestuca pubinervis based on Festuca pubinervis Vickery, Critesion murinum subsp.

glaucum based on Hordeum glaucum Steudel and Elymus scabrus var. plurinervis based on Agropyron scabrum

var. plurinerve Vickery. Australopyrum retrofractum (Vickery)A. Léve and Agropyron retrofractum Vickery are

synonyms of Australopyrum pectinatum (Labill.) A. Love.

| Further investigation of the recently erected genera Arthragrostis Lazarides (Lazar-

ides 1985) and Austrofestuca Alexeev (Alexeev 1976) and a scrutiny of the recent

taxonomic treatment of the tribe Triticeae (L6ve 1984) necessitates some nomenclatural

changes.

ARTHRAGROSTIS Lazarides

In my opinion the genus Arthragrostis as defined by Lazarides in 1985 includes

two distinct taxa which should be recognized at species rank. They differ by the degree

to which the apices of the upper glume and the lower lemma are extended.

Arthragrostis aristispicula B. Simon, sp. noy. afhnis 4. deschampsioidi (Domin)Lazarides

sed gluma supera et lemmate inferno ad 2 mm saltem differt. Typus: Queensland.

Cook District: 4 km from Almaden on Petford road, 17° 22’S, 144° 42’E, 10 Mar

1980, Simon 3598 & Clarkson (holotypus BRI; isotypus CANB).

In A, deschampsioides the apices are drawn out into a cusp to 0.3 mm long

whereas in A. aristispicula the apices extend to an arista or short awn at least 2 mm

long. The description by Lazarides (1985) is adequate for both species except for the

following modifications.

A. deschampsiodes. Lower glume ca 2.5 mm long, broadly ovate, obtuse to subacute.

Upper glume 3-4 mm long with an apical cusp ca 0.3 mm long, with 9-11 ribbed nerves.

Lower lemma 4.5-5 mm long with an apical cusp ca 0.3 mm long, narrowly lanceolate.

Figs 1 & 3.

Specimens examined (all BRI). Queensland. Cook District: Lazarides 4212. NORTH KENNEDY District: Blake

8159, Blake 13343, Blake 14919. For collecting details see Lazarides (1985).

The holotype (Domin 1209 in PR) was not examined by me, but has been matched

with Blake 8159 (from the type locality) at Kew by Dr C.E.Hubbard according to notes

of S.T. Blake in BRI.

Furthermore the type description of Panicum deschampsioides (Domin 1915)

refers to the upper glume and lower lemma as being subacuminate, placing it within the

limits of my emended description.

A. aristispicula. Spikelets 5.5-7 X 1-1.5 mm. Lower glume 3-4 mm long, including a

mucro ca 0.5 mm long, broadly ovate, obtuse to subacute. Upper glume 5.5-7 mm long,

including an awn to 2 mm long, with 9-11 ribbed nerves. Lower lemma 6-7.5 mm long,

including an awn to 2 mm long, narrowly lanceolate. Figs 2 & 4.

Specimens examined (all BRI). Queensland. Cook District: Simon 3598 & Clarkson, Blake 13491, Goodall in

BRI 028678, Goodall 66. NortTH KENNEDY District: Blake 14905, Blake 11704. For collecting details see

Lazarides (1985).

Ecology: A. aristispicula tends to inhabit wetter areas than A. deschampsiodes.

Etymology: The specific epithet 1s derived from the aristate to awned apices of the upper

glume and lower lemma.

* Continued from Austrobaileya 2: 23 (1984)

at lr

tetas

rayne

4485

eae A

ange lad

atta

ee eE

rae

ete

bray

wah ee

SP ts

Mv,

note

Tce beaten

eer

ar ioe

poe

Sees

A Re

2.5

Penge

Fig. 1. Specimen of Arthragrostis deschampsioides (Blake 8159) from the type locality.

, eh

te et

aie ee So * ‘ re ae . c

le a vee

vin,

“

eye

17 20% 4

<et}

« ee “

& 2 Oe

te pews ve aa

me Ss (2 Ae ¥ {

HERBARIUIA

Simon 3508

4rthragrostis

Nuytsdis 527+

4. Lagnrides,

wr Yi

i GHEE AME HERB ARGIAA. REA A

Ka ts "S —

: % S - Nis Po

» isha wine 45s GF:

~ = +s! A: _ gi

as 5* ee 743 vee ie tj

SBUSTRALIEMSE (CANS)

desachsmpsicides 1

ifiemin) lagsrides, %

286 {19R 5}: eited on

, PpBee 264.

Li, 1985, 4

we + FF & + %

bon

art entee

NE :

eye GTR

Fig. 2. Holotype of Arthragrostis aristispicula.

240

at aan » ~ Ji» w+

Arthes eS cis awk ¥ ieiader e

geseis atk tp BE Seo,

fe i . 2

Holo THRE

2 v8! ‘e fs

Herb BRI

SHIf

~¥5

bee

wie

;

"Se

Wie eS.

i¢€

POUEENSL Abo

ZR BARIUM

| 281787

BRISBANE

d dia

241

AUSTRALOPYRUM A. Love

When the genus Australopyrum was established by Love in 1984 the two species

he accepted in it were A. pectinatum and A. retrofractum with the latter having two

subspecies, subsp. retrofractum and subsp. velutinum. However, although the author

recognized these formal taxa he (L6ve, pers. comm.) is of the opinion that the ‘three

recognized taxa are isolated by geography but strictly autogamous’ and he doubts ‘that

they represent more than geographical races of a single species’. In the light of experimental

work this may be shown to be the situation but for the time being the treatment of

Willis (1970) and Forbes et al. (1984) seems a preferable course to follow, and to establish

names under Australopyrum for the taxa recognized by them.

Australopyrum velutinum (Nees)B. Simon, comb. nov.

Agropyron velutinum Nees in W.J. Hooker, J. Bot. 2: 417s (1840). Australopyrum

retrofractum subsp. velutinum (Nees) A. Love, Feddes Rep. 95: 443(1984). Type:

Tasmania, Gunn 770, n.v.

Australopyrum pectinatum (Labill.)A. Love, Joc. cit.

Festuca pectinata Labill., Nov. Holl. Pl. Specim. 1: 21, t.25 (1805).Type: ? Labil-

‘lardiere, n.v.

Agropyron retrofractum Vickery, Contr. New South Wales Nat. Herb. 1: 340 (1951),

synon. nov. Australopryum retrofractum (Vickery) A. Léve, loc. cit., synon. nov.

Type: Betche NSW 9116, n.y.

AUSTROFESTUCA (Tzvelev)E. Alexeev

When Festuca subgenus Austrofestuca Tzvelev was elevated to generic rank by

Alexeev in 1976, one new combination A. /ittoralis (Labill.)E. Alexeev was made for

Festuca littoralis and F. pubinervis Vickery was placed in synonymy. Although the species

the latter name applied to had also not been recognized as distinct from F. /ittoralis by

Gardner (1952) the distinction between the two entities was clearly made by Vickery

(1939) and both are currently upheld at NSW (S.W.L. Jacobs pers. comm.). A name is

thus required for Vickery’s taxon under Austrofestuca. Although only one species is

presently recognised at PERTH, Dr T.D. McFarlane of that institution (pers. comm.) is

also of the opinion that two species should be recognized, probably with one (A. pubineryis)

in Western Australia and the other (A. /ittoralis) in eastern Australia.

Austrofestuca pubinervis (Vickery)B. Simon, comb. nov.

Festuca pubinervis Vickery, Contr. New South Wales Nat. Herb. 1: 7 (1939). Festuca

te Steudel, Syn. Pi. Gram. 315 (1854), non Lamarck (1791). Type: Drum-

mond 150, n.yv.

CRITESION Rat.

The genus Critesion Raf. was ressurrected and distinguished from Hordeum L. by

Love in 1984 on the basis of a fragile rachis-and the sterility of the lateral spikelets; the

rachis 1s tough and the lateral spikelets are perfect or male in Hordeum. In addition

Critesion posseses the haplome H, with a genomic constitution H, HH or HHH as

opposed to the haplome J, with a genomic constitution I, in Hordeum. The distintion

between the three species previously called Hordeum glaucum Steudel, H. murinum L.

and H. leporinum Link hinges on rather minor characters (anther colour and relative

length of the lateral spikelets) and I think they are best treated taxonomically at the

rank of subspecies as was done in Flora Europaea (Humphries 1980), although under

the genus Critesion. Love (1984) however preferred to keep C. glaucum separate on the

basis that it is a diploid in contrast to the C. murinum complex (C. murinum. subsp.

murinum and C. murinum subsp. /eporinum) which is tetraploid.

Critesion murinum (L.) A. Love subsp. glaucum (Steudel)B. Simon, comb. nov.

Hordeum glaucum- Steudel, Syn. Pl. Glum. 1:352 (1854). Hordeum murinum L.

subsp. glaucum (Steudel)Tzvelev, Nov. Sist. Vyssch. Rast. 8: 67 (1971). Critesion

glaucum (Steudel) A. Love, Feddes Rep. 95: 440 (1984). Type: ? Steudel 383, n.v.

cea

“

eee

sacar!

ane

peers

Fig, 3. Spikelets of Arthragrostis deschampioides (Blake 8159) showing a) dorsal and b) ventral views.

Fig. 4. Spikelets of Arthragrostis aristispicula (type) showing a) dorsal and b) ventral views.

ELYMUS L.

A new name is required for the well recognized variety (with 6—8-nerved glumes,

10-15 mm long) of the species widely known as Agropyron scabrum (R.Br.)P. Beauv.,

ransferred to Elymus by Love in 1984.

lymus scabrus (R.Br.) A. Love var. plurinervis (Vickery)B. Simon, comb. nov.

Agropyron scabrum (R.Br.) P. Beauv. var. plurinerve Vickery, Contr. New South

Wales Nat. Herb. 1: 342 (1951), synon. nov. Type: Thomas NSW 8245, n.y.

Acknowledgements

_ Thanks are extended to Drs. S.W.L. Jacobs (NSW), T.D. MacFarlane (PERTH)

and A. Love (San Jose, California) in connection with nomenclatural issues discussed

in this paper. However, where nomenclatural changes have been made I carry the sole

responsibility for these. I am also grateful to my colleagues Mr R.J.F. Henderson for

reading the manuscript and suggesting improvements in content and style and Mr H.

Dillewaard for photographic work including S.E.M. photomicrographs with the Indoo-

roopilly Agricultural Research Laboratories Philips SEM 505 scanning electron microscope.

References

ALEXEEV, E. (1976). Austrofestuca (Tzvel.) E. Alexeev comb. nov.-a new genus of the family Poaceae from

Australia. Byulleten Moskovskogo Obshchestya Ispytatelel Prirody Otdel Biologicheskii 81: 55-60.

DOMIN, K. (1915). Bibliotheca Botanica 85: 320-322.

FORBES, S.J.,. GULLAN, P.K., KILGOUR, R.A. & POWELL, M.A. (1984). A census of the vascular plants of

Victoria, National Herbarium of Victoria, Department of Conservation, Forests and Lands.

GARDNER, C.A. (1952). Flora of Western Australia 1(1)- Gramineae. Perth: Government Printer.

HUMPHRIES, C.J. (1980). Hordeum L. in Flora Europaea 5. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

LAZARIDES, M. (1985). New taxa of tropical Australian grasses (Poaceae). Nuytsia 5: 273-303.

LOVE, A. (1984), Conspectus of the Triticeae. Feddes Repertorium 95: 425-521.

VICKERY, J.W. (1939). Revision of the indigenous species of Festuca Linn. in Australia. Contributions of the

New South Wales National Herbarium 1: 5-15.

WILLIS, J.H. (1970). A Handbook to Plants in Victoria, ed. 2., i-Ferns, Conifers and Monocotyledons. Melbourne:

Meibourne University Press.

243

Austrobaileya 2(3): 243-245 (1986)

NEW COMBINATION AND SPECIES IN AUSTROSTEENISTIA

GEESINK (FABACEAE-MILLETTIEAE)

L.W. Jessup

Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068

Summary

A new combination Austrosteenisia stipularis (C. White)Jessup is made and a new species Austrosteenisia glabristyla

Jessup is described.

The genus Austrosteenisia was recently described by Geesink (1984) to encompass

the two Australian species formerly placed by Polhill (1971) under Kunstleria, K. blackii

(F. Muell.)Polhill and K. stipularis (C. White)Polhill. The necessary new combination

for the second species follows:

Austrosteenisia stipularis (C. White)Jessup, comb. nov.

Lonchocarpus stipularis C. White, Contributions from the Arnold Arboretum of

Harvard University 4: 45-46 (1933). Kunstleria stipularis (C. White) Polhill, Kew

Bulletin 25(2): 265 (1971). Typus: Lake Barrine, Atherton Tableland, 8 Nov 1929,

SE. Kajewski 1348 (BRI, holo).

A third species which occurs in south-eastern Queensland and north-eastern New

South Wales and known to local botanists for several years (fide Williams & Harden

1980) as Kunstleria sp. but rarely seen in flower or fruit is here described.

Austrosteenisia glabristyla Jessup, sp. nov. affinis A. bDlackii et A. stipulari; ab illa foliolis

oblongibus et numerosis fructibus brevioribus differt ab hoc stipellis praesentis, et

ab ambobus stylis glabris. Typus: Queensland: Picnic Rock Track, Lamington

National Park, 10 Jan 1984, L.W. Jessup 581 & A.E. Daly (holotypus BRI; 1sotyp1

BRI, CANB, K, L, MEL, MO, NE, NSW).

Tall woody climber. Innovations densely covered with + appressed and erect golden

brown silky hairs, glabrescent. Leaves 5-20 cm long, discolorous; stipules ovate, peltate,

ciliate, 10-14 mm X 6-8 mm; stipellae setaceous, 2-5 mm long; leaflets 9-15, opposite

or subopposite with a terminal one, oblong-lanceolate to oblong-oblanceolate, 2.5-10 cm

x 0.7-3.3 cm, increasing in size distally, acuminate with a fragile 1-2 mm long mucro;

base acute to rounded; secondary veins mostly 7-9 pairs; higher order venation finely

reticulate. Panicles to 20 cm long. Calyx 3-5 mm long, lobes imbricate. Standard

depressed ovate, retuse, strongly reflexed, blade 4.5-5 mm X 6.5-7 mm, claw 2 mm

long; wings 2.5 mm long; keel 5.5-6 mm long. Ovary densely pubescent, ovules 13. Style

4-4.5 mm long, glabrous or with a few scattered hairs. Fruit elliptic to oblong, mostly

4-7 cm X 1.3-1.6 cm, pubescent with short and long hairs; stipe 4-8 mm long. Seeds

1-3, oblong-reniform, the hilum in a submedial sinus; testa brown. Fig. 1 A-C

Queensland. MORETON District: Picnic Rock Track, Lamington National Park, Jan 1984, Jessup 581 & Daly

(BRI, CANB, K, L, MEL, MO, NE, NSW); Jessup 584 (BRI, NE); Currumbin Valley, May 1985, Jones 1807

(BRI, K, L, NSW, QRS); Binna Burra, Lamington National Park, without date, Keuskos [BRI 013246] (BRD;

Roberts Plateau, Lamington National Park, Mar 1920, White sn. (BRI). New South Wales. NORTH COAST:

Brummies Lookout, approx 2 km SW of Mt Warning, Apr 1979, Jessup 192 (BRI.

Austrosteenisia glabristyla occurs mostly in complex notophyll vine forest on the

ranges and adjacent footslopes from the McPherson Range, Queensland to the Dorrigo

Plateau, New South Wales (Williams 1980).

In describing Millettia blackii (Austrosteenisia blackii), Mueller (1861) noted

‘stipulae nullae’ and White, in comparing this species with his Lonchocarpus stipularis

(Austrosteenisia stipularis) also referred to ‘the absence of peltate stipules’. Peltate stipules

in fact occur in all three species of Austrosteenisia but being extremely caducous are to

be seen only on specimens bearing newly expanding foliage.

244

Fig. 1. Austrosteenisia glabristyla: A. habit Jessup 581 & Daly) x [. B. flower (JJlessup 581 & Daly) x 4. C.

legume (Jessup 584) X L. A. biackii: D. flower (Jessup 22) X 4.

245

Key to species of Austrosteenisia

1. Stipellae absent .. .. 2... 0. 1. ce ee ce ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ye y)©)»©6As Stipularis

SHpellae- Aresent Foo ke ae ee eee seas Soa Oe nee eae gopestimte ct ahd Sele Fabuash a, 22

2. Leaflets 7-11, ovate to obovate, length 1-3 times width. Flowers dark

maroon; style densely bearded along upper edge .............. A. blackti

Leaflets 9-15, oblong-lanceolate or oblanceolate, length 3-6 times width.

Flowers mauve and white; ae glabrous or with a few scattered

Nass a Oe ae ee es ee Se eee . A. glabristyla

Imperfect material in the Sonmeadand Herbarium suggests there are further taxa

of Austrosteenisia in north Queensland.

Acknowledgements

I extend my thanks to Mr L. Pedley for reading the manuscript and correcting

the Latin diagnosis. Mr D. Jones kindly collected fruiting specimens at my request. Mr

W. Smith produced the line drawings.

References

GEESINK, R. (1984). Scala Millettiarum. Leiden Botanical Series, Volume 8. Leiden: Leiden University Press.

MUELLER, F. (1861). Fragmenta Phytographie Australiae 2: 123-124.

POLHILL, R. (1971). Some observations on generic limits in Dalbergieae—Lonchocarpineae Benth. (Leguminosae).

Kew Bulletin 25: 263-265.

WILLIAMS, J.B. (1980). A checklist of the rainforest flora of New South Wales. Armidale: University of New

England.

WILLIAMS, J.B. & HARDEN, G.J. (1980). Rainforest esti Plants. Armidale: University of New England.

246

Austrobaileya 2(3): 246-253 (1986)

LAXMANNIA COMPACTA (ANTHERICACEAE)

A NEW SPECIES FROM EASTERN AUSTRALIA

P.I. Forster

Botany Department, University of Queensland, St Lucia, Qld 4067

and J.G. Conran

Botany Department, Monash University, Clayton, Vic. 3168

Summary

Laxmannia compacta Conran & P. Forster, a new species from eastern Australia is described and figured. This

species was previously included within L. gracilis R.Br.

Laxmannia R.Br. 1s a small endemic Australian genus Bentham placed in his

tribe Johnsonieae in Liliaceae (Bentham 1878). More recently it has been included in

the Anthericaceae (Dahlgren & Clifford 1982; Dahlgren et a/. 1985). Bentham recognised

eight species, six of which occur in Western Australia, with L. gracilis R.Br. and L.

sessiliflora Decne. occurring in eastern Australia. The latter of these two has been

recorded in Victoria and south-eastern New South Wales (Willis 1962) while L. gracilis

has been considered to be distributed from Victoria to northern Queensland.

Studies of the reproductive biology of the Western Australian species have revealed

tendencies towards autogamy and quantum speciation with autopolyploidy indicated

(Keighery in Peterson & James 1973, Keighery in James & Hopper 1981).

In the course of field collecting in Mundubbera Shire, south-eastern Queensland,

. material of a Laxmannia not easily referable to L. gracilis was found. Examination of

this material and herbarium accessions identified as L. gracilis at BRI, BRIU, and NSW

revealed that there were a number of characters by which these collections could be

divided into two groups. These characters are quantifiable and analyses performed suggest

that two distinct taxa exist 1n eastern Australia.

Materials, Methods and Results

Specimens identified as Laxmannia gracilis at BRI, BRIU, NSW and MEL were

examined, and divided into two groups on the basis of perianth, leaf and internode

characteristics. 57 specimens of one type, and 32 of the other at BRI, BRIU and NSW

(indicated * in selected specimens and index to collectors) were measured to determine

average (n=5) leaf, sepal (outer tepal whorl), petal (nner tepal whorl) and internode

lengths, and the data subjected to discriminant function analysis (Fisher 1936; Sokal &

Rohlf 1969). The calculations were performed on a PDP-10 computer using the STATPAC

program DISCRF. The resulting equation:

= 7.62116 X 10° X av. leaf length + 2.89327 X av. sepal length + 5.15434 X av.

petal length X —1.20239 x 10° X av. internode length

where Di is the discrimant score for the individual i, shows that the two major contributing

factors to the separation of the group were the average sepal and petal lengths and

particularly the petal lengths.

When the D scores for all the individuals were plotted as a frequency polygon

(Fig. 1) the two groups were separated with only a minimal overlap. This statistical

separation of the groups, combined with the differences in the degree of anther size and

attachment, supports the hypothesis that L. gracilis as traditionally circumscribed, consists

of two distinct taxa.

Taxonomy

The two taxa here accepted differ in many of the characters considered to be of

specific importance in this genus. The perianth characters in particular were used by

247

Fig. 1. Frequency polygons of D scores for Laxmannia compacta o and L. gracilis ¢

Bentham (1878) to separate species of Laxmannia. Accordingly, the two taxa recognised

are considered to be of specific rank and are readily distinguishable both in the field

and from dried material. Figs 2 & 3.

Throughout much of their known ranges (Fig. 4), these two groups are ecologically

and geographically discrete. Material of both species has been collected in close proximity

on the Blackdown Tableland, in central Queensland, but there is no evidence of

hybridisation. Local allopatry with related species occupying narrow ecologically discrete

zones is common in this area. |

Isotype material of L. gracilis (NSW) examined (and included in the discriminant

analysis) had sepals which are much shorter than the petals and this is shown in the

Bauer plate of L. gracilis published by Endlicher (1838).

L. illecebrosa Reichb. is worth considering here. It is stated to differ from L.

gracilis in the larger scarious sheathing bases of the leaves and by being more woolly

hairy. Bentham (1878) referred L. illecebrosa to L. gracilis as he could find no characters

to distinguish the two taxa. Domin (1915) 1n his account of Laxmannia, provided a

photograph of presumably type material of L. i/lecebrosa (Brisbane River, Am. Dietrich,

Original von. L. illecebrosa). This material is referable to L. gracilis s. str. and -the

protologue description (Reichenbach 1871) states that the sepals are manifestly shorter

than the petals, a character of L. gracilis s. str.

The second taxon accepted is here described as a new species.

248

Laxmannia R.Br., Prodr. 285 (1810) nom. cons. Type: L. gracilis R.Br. (typ. cons.)

Bartlingia F. Muell., J. & Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. 15: 232 (1882) non Reichb. (1824)

Laxmannia compacta Conran & P. Forster, sp. nov.

Herba prostrata et ramulosa ad ca 10 cm alta; glaberrima ramosa, stolonifera longa ad

ca 10 cm. Folia numerosa, sessilia, arcuata ad linearia, 4-51 mm longa, 1-2 mm lata.

Inflorescentia adscendens, pedunculata, axillaris racemosus umbellus. Bracteae involu-

crorum numerosae 2~4 mm longae. Pedunculus ca 2-8 cm longus. Flores numerosi, rost

ad albi, ca 5 mm lati; pedicellares, pedicello 1-3 mm longo, Sepala 2-4 mm longa;

filamenta ab sepalis libera, ad petala confluentia; antherae ca 0.25 mm longae, flavae.

Ovarium obovatum glabrum, 0.5-]| mm latum; stylus filamentis, capitatus, 0.5~1 mm

longa. Fructus 2~3 mm latus, ovatus ad globosus. Semina 2-3 mm longa. Typus: Burnett

District; Boondooma 9145-340227, 45 km SSE of Mundubbera, “Rocky”, paddock,

‘“Manar” Mundubbera Shire, 22 Nov 1984, P.I_Forster 1938 (holotypus BRI; isotypi AD,

CANB, CBG, K, L, MEL, MO, NSW, NT, NY, P, PERTH, PRE, QRS, US, W).

A prostrate and branching herb to ca 10 cm high; branches glabrous, stoloniferous with

stolons to ca 10 cm long. Leaves numerous and sessile in tufts; arcuate to linear, ca

4—5] mm long, 1-2 mm wide. Inflorescence erect, pedunculate, an axillary umbelliform

raceme. Flowers numerous, pink to white, ca 5 mm across, pedicellate, pedicels 1-3 mm

long. Sepals 2~4 mm long, 1.5-2,.5 mm wide. Petals 2.5-5 mm long, 1-2 mm wide.

Stamens 2~3 mm long; antisepalous filaments free from the sepals but antipetalous

filaments confluent with the petais for most of their length; anthers ca 0.25 mm long,

ellow. Ovary glabrous, obovate, 0.5~-1 mm wide: style filamentous, capitate, 0.5—1 mm

ong. Fruit 2-3 mm wide, ovate to globose. Seeds 2~3 mm long. Fig. 2.

Selected specimens: Queensland. MoReron District: Mt Emu, near Coolum Beach, E of Yandina, May 1957,

Wilson 624 (BRI)*.Wibe Bay District: Tin Can Bay, Aug 1943, White 12297 (BRI*.DarLinG Downs DisTRIcT:

Jollys Falls, Portions 15 & 37¥, Parish of Stanthorpe, Oct 1956, Shea 49 (BRI)*®, BuRNeTT District: Eidsvold,

i913, Bancroft [BRI 146163] (BRI)*. LercuHarpt District: ca L.2 km NW of Mimosa Ck campsite, Blackdown

Tableland, Aug 1971, Henderson 969 ef al. (BRI)*. New South Wales. NortH Coast: 55 miles (88 km] NW of

Grafton on Gwydir Hwy, Gibraltar Ra, Dec 1966, Tindale sn. ONSW)*. Centra Coast: Cheltenham, Nov

1954, Johnson s.n. (NSW)*, NortH West SLopes: 0.5 mile [0.8 km] W of Coonabarabran, Oct 1966, Briggs 901

(NSW). NorTHERN TABLELANDS: Yarraford, near Glen Innes, Jan 1911, Kenny [BRI so nacigl & SOUTHERN

TABLELANDS: Burrier, Shoalhaven R., Oct 1931, Rodway 591 QNSW). Soutru Coast: Linden, 27 Nov 1965,

Coveny s.n. ONSW}*,

Ecology: The type was collected at 480 m alt. in open heathland among rock crevices

and ledges on a southwestern slope growing among Schoenus iis aon R.Br. Associated

vegetation included Melaleuca sieberit Schauer, Pultenaea petiolaris Cunn. ex Benth.,

Trachymene procumbens (F. Muell.)Benth., Platysace lanceolata (Labill.)Druce, Astro-

triche pterocarpa Benth. and Olax stricta R.Br. The habitat is seasonally waterlogged but

becomes desiccated during the dry season in late winter and early spring. Collections

from throughout this species’ range have been recorded mainly from various heathland

communities, with some collections from Eucalyptus open forest on sandstone.

Etymology: Named from the compact tufted nature of the leaves.

Conservation Status: This species is widespread and represented in a number of Con-

servation Reserves and is not considered endangered at present.

Laxmannia gracilis R.Br., Prodr. 286 (1810); Endi., Iconogr. t. 97 (1838); Schnizlein,

Icon. fam. nat. 1: t. 55d, fig. 2-10 (1849); F._Muell., Fragm. 7: 88 (1870); Benth.,

Fl, Austral. 7; 65 (1878); Engler & Prantl, Nattrl. Pilfam. 11 3: fig, 32 D-G

(1888); Bailey, Qd Flora 5: 1638-1639 (1902); Domin, Bibl. Bot. 85: 522-523 fig.

110 (1915); Burbidge & Gray, Fl. A.C.T, fig. 95 (1970). Bartlingia gracilis (R.Br.)F.

Muell., Key Syst. Vict. Plant. 1: 436 (1888). Type: Port Jackson, Her Australiense,

R. Brown (isotype: K (photo), NSW, MEL).

L. illecebrosa Reichb., Beitr. Syst. Pflanzenk. 72 (1871). Type: Brisbane River, A.

Dietrich nv.

An erect, branching herb to 40 cm high; branches glabrous, adventitious roots present

but the plants not stoloniferous, Leaves numerous and sessile, scattered or in clusters

along the sterns; linear, 8-60 mm long, 1-2 mm wide. Inflorescence erect, pedunculate,

an axillary umbelliform raceme. Involucral bracts few, 1-3 mm long. Peduncle 2~20 cm

long. Flowers few to numerous, white to pink, 6-8 mm wide, pedicellate; pedicels 1~3

mim long. Sepals 4-6 mm long, 2-3 mm wide. Petals 5~8 mm long, 2.5-4 mm wide.

249

“)

Fig. 2. Laxmannia gracilis. A. habit X 2/3. B. inflorescence X 7. C. flowers (opened artificially} X 7. D. sepal

with anther < 7. E. petal with basally epipetalous anther < 7. A from Brown s.n., Port Jackson. B—E from Conran

s.n., Mt Coot-tha.

250

Stamens 3-5 mm ‘long; antisepalous filaments free from the sepals but antipetalous

filaments fused to the petals at the base only; anthers 0.5-1 mm long, yellow. Ovary

glabrous, globose to ovoid, slightly 3-lobed, 1-2 mm wide; style filamentous with stigma

capitate, 1.5-3 mm long. Fruit 2-3 mm wide, ovate to globose. Seeds 2-3 mm long.

Fig. 3.

A chromosome count of 2n = 24 was recorded on the herbarium label for B.

Briggs sn. [NSW 89417].

Selected specimens: Queensland. MORETON District: St Peters Lutheran College Property, 3 km NE of Crows

Nest on Black Creek, Jan 1973, Sharpe 296 (BRI)*™ Wine Bay Disrrict: 11 km N of Coalstoun Lakes on

tableland road, Biggenden Shire, Apr 1983, Forster 1558 (BRI, BRIU)*. Burnetr District: 47.2 km from

Eidsvold on road to Cracow, Eidsvold Shire, Sep 1983, Forster 1641 (BRIU}*. DARLING Downs District: Moonie

Hwy, [6 km W of Westmar, Oct 1975, Wiiliams 75081 (BRD*, LeicuHarpt Districr: Near Mimosa Ck campsite,

Blackdown Tableland, Apr 1971, Henderson 390 ef al. (BRIY*. MaRANoa District: 39 km from Roma on Injune

road, May 1975, Simon 2858 ef af. (BRI. MitcHe_t District: Warlus area C, Stte 338, 50 km W of Tambo,

Aug 1975, Beeston 1332C (BRD, NorTH KENNEDY District: Herberton, Feb [918, A¢vichael 374 (BRI)*. BURKE

District: Near source of Poison Creek, ca 90 miles [144 km] N of Hughenden, Apr 1935, Blake 8467 (BRI).

New South Wales, NortH Coast: Tabulam to Tenterfield Rd, ca 10 miles [16 km] W of Tabulam, Jan 1971,

Salasoo 4612 (NSW)*, Centra Coast: 0.5 mile (0.8 km] 8 of Wiseman’s Ferry, Oct 1965, Briggs [NSW 89417]

(NSW), NorTH West SLopes: Warrambungle Ranges, Jan 1883, Betche s.n. ONSW). NORTHERN TABLELANDS:

Torrington, Jan 1911, Boerman sin. (NSW). NortH West PLarns: Narrabri, Feb 1899, Afaiden sn, (NSW).

SOUTHERN TABLELANDS: Tuross R., 5 miles [8 km] S of Countegany, Dec 1967, Briggs 3208 (NSW), SouTH

Coast: Pinnacle Mt, 8 miles [5 km] NNW of Grenfell, Mar 1956, Constable [NSW 37906] (NSW). Victoria.

Sate ocumnia SE side of Glenmaggie view, 8 km NNE of Heyfield, Nov 1973, Beauglehoie 43356 et al. (NSW,

Ecology: L. gracilis occurs in a range of vegetation communities but is commonly found

in eucalypt open forest of poor sandy soils or clay loams, often with Eucalyptus microcarpa

(Maiden)Maiden, E. crebra F. Muell. and Angophora costata (Gaertner)J. Britten.

Conservation Status: 1. gracilis is widespread and well represented in Conservation

Reserves.

Wilhamson (1928) proposed a varietal epithet nana under the name Bartlingia

gracilis for dwarf specimens from the Mt William area of the Grampians. The type of

this varietal name (Summit, Mt William, Nov 1900, H.B.Wiluamson [MEL 51804])}

designated by G. Keighery (but unpublished) appears to be a shortly pedunculate form

of L. sessiliflora and the description on the herbarium label distinguishes it from Z.

gracilis on the basis of its short peduncles, Willis (1962) considered B. gracilis var. nana

to be based merely on depauperate specimens from high altitudes (ca 1200-1500m).

Comparison of the specimens at MEL reveals that the 7-15 mm peduncles of the variety

grade into the sessile to 10 mm peduncles of L. sessiliflora, and the plants appear to be

otherwise identical, especially on perianth lengths and shape. The name B. gracilis var.

nana would therefore be best placed in synonymy with L. sessiliflora.

L. gracilis and L. compacta can be distinguished from each other by the following

key:

1. Sepals and petals + equal; inner stamen whorl strongly epipetalous; plants

+ compact or procumbent.. .. .. 2... ee L. compacta

Petals longer than sepals; inner stamens weakly epipetalous; plants +

CAUTESEE RT UNG OFECE ws le ea tel. Senet eine Geek otadl Septic: Beer eke as L, gracilis

Acknowledgements

_ We would like to thank Mr Nicholas Lander who, while Australian Botanical

Liaison Officer at Kew, examined material at K for us, Mr Les Pedley (BRI) for arranging

loan of material and the Directors of BRI, BRIU, NSW and MEL for access to material.

References

BENTHAM, G. (1878). Flora Australiensis 7: 63-67. London: L.Reeve & Co.

PARED R.M.T. & CLIFFORD, H.T. (1982). The Monocotyledons—-A Comparative Study. London: Academic

Tess,

DAHLGREN, R.M.T., CLIFFORD, H.T. & YEO, PF. (1985). The Famihes of the Monocotyledons. Berlin:

Springer Verlag,

251

—

ee ee

eee: Maat

De ee ae allel ay +

rn ¢

at Pe = , a

ry re

. = ~ :

ig mM |

= yeh cr h, :

+. i =i

Fig. 3. Laxmannia compacta: A. habit X 4/5. B. inflorescence X 7. C. flowers (opened artificially) x 7. D. sepal

with anther x 7. E. petal with epipetalous anther x 7. All from Forster 1935. |

LOL

— —_ —_ —

= = mal =

p oD h cP

1 14

: , 14

A 4

20 ? 20

20 20

Il bee

— * — a

~ ai F

ho <> ho eA

Fig. 4. Distribution of known sites of collection of A. Laxmannia gracilis and B. L. compacta.

253

DOMIN, K. (1915). Beitrage zur Flora und Pflanzengeographie Australiens. Bibliotheca Botanica 85: 522.

ENDLICHER, S.L. (1838). Iconongraphia Generum Plantarum. Vindobonae: Beck.

FISHER, R.A. (1936). The use of multiple measurements in taxonomic problems. Annals of Eugenics 7: 179-188.

JAMES, S.H. & HOPPER, S.D. (1981). Speciation in the Australian flora. In The Biology of Australian Plants.

Ed. J.S.Pate & A.J.McComb, pp. 361-381. Nedlands: University of Western Austraha Press.

PATERSON, H.E. & JAMES, S.H. (1973). Animal and plant speciation studies in Western Austraha. Journal of

the Royal Society of Western Australia 56: 31-43.

REICHENBACH, H.G. (1871). Bettrage zur systematischen Pflanzenkunde. Hamburg: Druck von Th. G. Meissner.

SOKAL, R.R. & ROHLF, F.J. (4969). Biometry. San Francisco: W.H.Freeman & Co.

WILLIAMSON, H.B. (1928). The lihes of Victoria. Victorian Naturalist 45: 138-141.

WILLIS, J.H. (1962). A Handbook to Plants in Victoria. Vol. 1. Ferns, Conifers and Monocotyledons. Melbourne:

Melbourne University Press.

Index to Collectors

Collections of Laxmannia gracilis and L. compacta in the Queensland Herbartum (BRI);

Herbarium of the Botany Department, University of Queensland (BRIU); Royal Botanic

Gardens and National Herbarium, Sydney (NSW); Royal Botanic Gardens and National

Herbarium, Melbourne (MEL).

I. Laxmannia compacta

Adams, L.G. 1477 (NSW). Althofer, G.W. 141 ONSW)*; Bancroft, T.L. (BRI 146163)*; Bert, W. s.n. (NSW); Betche,

E. s.n. (NSW)*; Blakely, WF. sn. (NSW); Boorman, J.L. s.n., Feb 1904 GNSW)*; Oct 1901 (NSW)*; Briggs, B.G.

901 (NSW); Burgess, C. sn. (NSW, CANB 018429); Camfield, J.H. sn. Oct 1908 (NSW), s.n. Oct 1901 CNSW);

Clemens, M.S. (BRI 017562)*; Coveny, R.G. s.n. (NSW); Coveny, R. & Haegi, L. 9969 (BRI}*; Dodge, PH. s.n.

(NSW)*; Floyd, A. sn. ONSW)*; Gittins, C_H. 378 (BRI)*; Hamilton, A.A. s.n. UNSW), s.n. Oct 1901 CUNSW);Harrold,

A.G. C064 (BRI)}*; Henderson, R. 969 et al. (BRI)*; Hockings, F.D. (BRI 031501)*; Hubbard, C.E. 3877 (BRI)*;

Kerridge, P.C. (BRIU 4197); Johnson, L.A.S. s.n., 22 Oct 1953, (NSW)*; s.n., 25 Nov 1954, (NSW)*; s.n., 20 Oct

1946 (NSW)*; s.n., 5 Jan 1951 (NSW)*, 18961 (NSW); Kenny, FH. (BRI 084684)*; Lemberg, R. s.n. (NSW);

McComish, J.D. sn. (NSW); Pearson, S. 26 (BRI)*; Phillips, ME. 21502 (BRI)}*; Powell, J.M. & Armstrong, J.

914 (BRI)*; Rodd, A. 1628 (NSW); Rodway, F.A. 390 (NSW); Rose, A.B. 1 (NSW); Ruonsey, ALS. s.n. (NSW);

Rupp, H.M.R. (NSW 8107/13)*; Salasoo, H. 1636 (NSW)*, Sharpe, P. 1277 CBRI); Shea, K.N. 49 (BRI)*;

Streinham, H. 826 (NSW, CANB), Tindale, M. s.n. (NSW)*;. White, C.7T. £2297 (BRD*, Williams K.A. 74031

(BRI)*, 80214 (BRID)*; Wilson, CLL. 624 (BRI)*; ex Herb. O.W. Sonder (MEL 51795).

2. Laxmannia gracilis

Adams, L.G. (BRI 146168)*; Bailey, F.M. (BRI 146153)*; Ballingall, M_E. 1099 (BRD; Bandorlan, W. 55 (MEL);

Bates, L.K. 552 (BRI)}*; Beauglehole, A.C. 37710 & Rogers, K.C. (MEL); Beauglehole, A.C. 43356 et al. (NSW,

MEL); Beeston, G.R. 1332c (BRI); Bell, C. 531 (BRD; Beuzeville, W.A.W. de (NSW 5615/15)*; Betche, E. s.n.

(NSW): Blake, S.T. (BRI 080922)*, 4060A (BRD, 2375 (BRI), 8467 (BRI); Biakely, WF. & Shiress, D.C.W. s.n.

(NSW); Boorman, J.L. (BRI 146167)*, sn. Oct 1899 (NSW)*, s.n. Oct 1904 (NSW), s.n. May 1916 (NSW)*, s.n.

Jan 1911 (NSW)*; Briggs, B.G. s.n., 14 Nov 1965 (NSWY)*, 17 Oct 1965 UNSW 89417)*, 3208 CNSW)*; Briggs,

B.G.R. 474 (NSW); Camfield, J.H. sn. (NSW)*; Cheel, E. s.n. (NSW)*; Conran, J.G. s.n. (BRIU)*; Constable,

ELF. (NSW 37906)*, 6480 (NSW)*; Costin, A.B. sn. (NSW); Coveny, R. 8553 (NSW), 11824 (NSW)*; Coverty, R.

7562 et al. (NSW); Cribb, A.B. (BRIU 4199), (BRIU 4201); Durrington, L. 1215 et al. (BRD; Dywer, J.W. s.n.

(NSW 8277/15)*; Everist, S.L. 1030 (BRD*; Forster, PI. 1558 (BRI, BRIU)*, 1641 (BRIU)*; Garvey, J. 29 (BRD;

Gillieatt, J. 28 (BRD; Hamilton, A.A. s.n. ONSW)*; Henderson, R. 183 (BRI)*, 590 (BRI)}*; Howcroft, Af. (BRI

026573), Hubbard, C.E. 3587 (BRI); Jackes, B. Y10 (BRD; Johnson, L.A.S. 30380 et al. (BRI)*; Johnson, R.W.

427 (BRI)*, 2279 (BRI)*, 1140 (BRI), 670 (BRI); Keys, J. 80 (BRD*; Maiden, J.H. s.n. (NSW)*; Maiden, J.H. &

Boorman, J.L. sn. (NSWY)*; McAuliffe, D.J. (NSW 10993/16); McBonnon, E.J. 3304 CNSW)*; AfdcKee, H.S. 7612

(NSW)*; Michael, N. 1739 (BRI)*, 374 (BRD*, 1945 (NSW)*; Aforain, S.A. 154 (BRD*; O'Keefe, B. (BRI 290997);

Rodd, A, 1502 (NSW), 2271 (NSW)*; Rodway, F.A. s.n., 2 Jan 1946 (NSW)*, s.n., Feb 1917 C(NSW)*, s.n. 3 Aug

1945 (NSW)*, s.n. Mar 1921 CNSW)*, 591 (BRID)*; Rogers, K.C. (MEL 600033), (MEL 600558), (MEL 600503);

Salasoo, H. 4612 ONSW)*, 2368 (NSW)*; Schneider, H. (BRI 146157)*; .Sharpe, P..296 (BRI, 668: (BRDI*, 834.

(BRD; Simon, BK. 2858 ef al, (BRD*; Smith, D.A. 14 (BRI); Spurgin, Mf. (BRIU 4200); Thomas, M. (BRI

121412); Thompson, J. 6 et al. (BRI); Tindale, 14. (NSW 48852), Tothill, J.C. N34 (BRD; Trapnell 141 et al.

(BRI)*; Wakefield, N.A. 2450 (MEL); Whaite, T. & J. 3447 New White, C.T. (BRI 146162), (BRI 146165),

(BRI 146158)*, (BRI 146154)*; Whyte, A. (BRIU 4721), Wiliams, K.A. 75081 (BRI)*, Willis, JH. s.n. (MEL),

Collector unknown (MEL 51807).

254

Austrobatleya 2(3): 254-273 (1986)

A REVISION OF MELALEUCA L. (MYRTACEAE) IN

NORTHERN AND EASTERN AUSTRALIA, 3.

N.B. Byrnes

formerly Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068

Summary

Melaleuca alternifolia (Maiden & Betche)Cheel, M. arcana S.T. Blake, M. argentea W.V. Fitzg., M. armillaris

(Sol. ex Gaertner)Smith, ©. bracteata F. Muell., M. cajaputi Powell, M. capitata Cheel, M. dealbata S.T. Blake,

M., deanei F. Muell., ©. decora (Salisb.)J. Britten, M4. dioesmatifolia Dum-Cours., M. ericifolia Smith, M. groveana

Cheel & White, M. howeana Cheel, M. kunzeoides Byrnes, M. lanceolata Otto, M. leucadendra (L.)L., M. linophylla

F. Muell., M. nervosa Lindley, M., parvistaminea Byrnes, M. pustulata J.D. Hook., M. saligna Schauer, M. sericea

Byrnes, ©. sieberi Schauer, M. squamea Labill., M. stenostachya S.T. Blake, M. stypheltoides Smith, M. virninalis

(Sol. ex Gaertner)Byrnes are described and maps of their distributions given. M. quinquenervia (Cav.)S.T. Blake

is included in M. viridiflora (as M. viridiflora var. rubriflora Brong. & Gris). Four other varieties of the species

are recognised. Callistemon viminalis is referred to Melaleuca (as M. viminalis (Sol. ex Gaertner)Byrnes).

This is the last of a series of three papers. The others appeared in Austrobaileya

2: 65-76 (1984) and Austrobaileya 2: 131-146 (1985). Detailed descriptions of some taxa

whose names were validated in the first paper are given. The map numbers correspond

with the species numbers.

i M. nervosa (Lindley)Cheel, Proc. Roy. Soc. N,S.W. 78: 65 (1944); S.T. Blake, Cont.

Qd Herb. 1: 43 (1968). Based on Callistemon nervosus Lindley in Mitch., Trop.

Aust. 235 (1848). Type: Queensland, Balmy Creek, Jul TS) Mitchell 241 (holo

CGE, iso MEL, NSW).

Synonyms: see §.T, Blake (loc. cit.).

Shrub or tree to 10 m high. Bark layered, fibrous and papery. Branchlets tomentose with

short and long hairs. Leaves scattered, flat, narrowly to very broadly obovate or elliptical,

acute to obtuse, commonly apiculate, narrowly attenuate to cuneate at base, 30-120 mm

long, 5-30 mm wide, tomentose with long weak and short crispid hairs, glabrescent,

3-7-veined, oil glands obscure; petioles 4-10 mm long, usually retaining indumentum.

Inflorescence a many-flowered, open or dense terminal or upper axillary spike, often 2-4

together; flowers in triads; rachis densely villous, growing out after anthesis; bracts ovate,

to 8 mm long, striate, villous with glabrous margins, caducous; bracteoles absent. Calyx

tube turbinate to cylindrical, 1.8-3 mm long and wide, densely tomentose; lobes broadly

triangular, to 1 mm long, tomentose, usually without hyaline margins. Petals white,

yeliow or red, elliptical to nearly circular, without claws, to 4 mm long. Stamens usually

yellow-green or red; claw 0.5-2 mm long (sometines with free stamens); filaments 3-—5(-7)

attached to margin ‘of each claw; free part to 20 mm long. Style to 20 mm long, glabrous;

stigma capitate. Ovary to 2 mm long, pubescent above. Fruit cup-shaped, 24 mm long

and wide, orifice 1-3 mm diam., calyx lobes deciduous; in open or dense spikes.

Melaleuca nervosa has a wide range of forms which are partly genetically and

partly ecologically determined. Intermediates between these forms are common but

because the forms are distinct in appearance in the field and occur in comparatively

large populations in pure stands their recognition 1s warranted (see key).

M. nervosa f. nervosa is usually a shrub with erect branchlets and a more fibrous than

papery bark. It is found growing in drier localities; that is, in desert regions or on stony

or sandy ridges.

Selected specimens. Western Australia. 27 miles [43 km] SW of Lutuigui Station, Kimberley, Sep 1959, Lazarides

6543 (BRI). Northern Territory. 35 miles (56 km] SSE of Victoria River Downs, Jun 1949, Perry 2145 (BRI);

near Tennant Creek, Jun 1946, Blake 15986 (BRI). Queensland. BURKE District: 13 miles [21 km] SW of

. .Croydon Township, Aug 1933, Perry. 3927 (BRI). NORTH KENNEDY DisTRIcT: 1.5 miles [2 km] W of Pentland,

Jun 1953, Perry 3566 (BRI).

Melaleuca nervosa f. latifolia Byrnes, Austrobaileya 2: 74 (1984), Type: Northern Ter-

ritory, about SE of Brocks Creek, Jul 1946, Blake 16344 (BRI, holo).

29>

This form is similar to f. nervosa but differs in having broader more distinctly

obovate leaves sometimes up to 40 mm wide. It is common on heavy soils which are

seasonally flooded.

Selected specimens. Western Australia. Near Beagle Bay Mission, Kimberley, Sep 1959, Lazarides 6560 (BRI).

Queensland. Cook DISTRICT: Bathurst Bay, Jul 1972, Hyland 6303 (BRI). Port Curtis District: 4 miles [6

km] N of Marlborough Township, Jun 1963, Lazarides 6878 (BRI); Curtis Island, Apr 1962, Home s.n. (BRI).

Melaleuca nervosa f. pendulina Byrnes, Austrobaileya 2: 74 (1984). Type: Queensland.

Cook District: Coen, Aug 1948, Brass 19778 (BRI, holo).

This form 1s usually a pendulous tree with papery bark growing on levees. It has

commonly been confused with M. argentea but differs from this species in having fewer

stamens, usually less than 25 per flower, and having a less persistent indumentum on

the leaves consisting of short crispid hairs and longer straight hairs.

Selected specimens. Northern Territory. Nicholson R. area, Jun 1974, Henshail 303 (BRI); 62 miles [99 km] 149°

from Darwin, Aug 1965, Story 7789 (BRI). Queensland. Cook District: Laura R,, Laura, Jun 1971, Hyland

5204 (BRI). Port Curtis District: Auckland Ck, Gladstone, Jun 1960, Trapneil 14 (BRI).

| Intergrades among all three forms can be found and specimens may be hard to

identify, but usually populations can be readily distinguished in the field. Indications

are that ecological conditions influence the growth pattern of the plants.

33. Melaleuca dealbata S.T. Blake, Cont. Qd Herb. 1:41 (1968). Type: Northern Territory.

ca 12° 40’S, 131° 25’E, Sep 1946, Blake 17000 (holo, BRI).

Tree to 25 m high. Bark layered, papery. Branchlets densely tomentose with short crispid

hairs. Leaves scattered, flat, broadly elliptical to broadly obovate, acute, commonly

apiculate, attenuate at base, 50-120 mm long, 10-32 mm wide, densely tomentose with

short crispid hairs and few long straight hairs mainly near margin, hairs usually semi-

persistent (some trees leaves glabrescent early), 3-9-veined, usually visible, oil glands

obscured by indumentum; petioles 6-10 mm long, tomentose. Inflorescence a usually

open, many-flowered, upper-axillary or terminal spike, often several together; flowers in

triads; rachis densely tomentose, usually growing out at anthesis (some not growing out

at all); bracts narrowly triangular, tomentose, caducous; bracteoles absent. Calyx tube

cylindrical to turbinate, 2-2.5 mm long, 2.5-3.5 mm wide, densely tomentose; lobes

triangular to ovate, 0.8-1.6 mm long, densely tomentose. Petals white, broadly elliptical,

2.5-3.5 mm long. Stamens white, glabrous; claw 0.8-2 mm long; filaments 4-9 attached

to margin of each claw, free part to 8 mm long. Style 8-10 mm long, glabrous, stigma

capitate. Ovary to 1.5 mm long, pubescent above. Fruit barrel or cup-shaped, 3-4 mm

long and wide, orifice 1.5-2 mm diam.; calyx lobes absent; in open elongate spike.

Northern Australia including Arnhem Land, Northern Territory, Cape York Peninsula

and the east coast of Queensland south to Fraser Island; also in New Guinea.

Selected specimens. Northern Territory. Bank of Howard R., Sep 1946, Blake 16949 (BRI). Queensland. Cook

District:Lankelly Ck, 13° 55’S, 143° 1S’E, Oct 1969, Webb & Tracey 9688 (BRI). WIDE BAY DisTRICT: Fairymead,

near Bundaberg, Oct 1948, Smith 4147 (BRI).

This species is usuaily persistently hoary and so easily distinguished from related

species in the field but early glabrescent populations have been found in the Northern

Territory.

34. Melaleuca stenostachya S.T. Blake, Cont. Qd Herb. 1:50 (1968). Type: Burke District:

Croydon, Jul 1954, Blake 19566 (BRI, holo).

Shrub or small tree to 8 m high. Bark layered, fibrous and/or papery. Branchlets tomentose,

glabrescent. Leaves scattered, flat, narrowly ovate to narrowly obovate, acute to acuminate,

often apiculate, narrowly cuneate at base, 30-140 mm long, 4-14 mm wide, appressed

sericeous, soon glabrescent, 3-7-veined, oil glands often obscure; petioles to 4 mm long.

Inflorescence a many-flowered, dense to open, upper-axillary or terminal spike, often

2-4 together; flowers 1n triads; rachis villous, usually growing out after anthesis; bracts

caducous (not seen); bracteoles absent. Calyx tube campanulate, 1-1.6 mm long, ca 1

mm wide, pubescent; lobes ovate, to 1.1 mm long, partly pubescent with hyaline ciliate

margins. Petals white, broadly ovate to circular with or without short claw, ca 2 mm

long. Stamens white, glabrous; claw 1-2 mm long (sometimes split or stamens free);

filaments 5-9 attached to margin of each claw; free part to 7 mm long. Style 6-8 mm

long, glabrous; stigma small. Ovary ca 1 mm long, pubescent above. Fruit cup or barrel-

256

shaped, to 2.5 mm long and 3 mm wide, orifice 1.5 mm diam.; calyx lobes usually

deciduous; borne in an open spike.

Melaleuca stenostachya var. stenostachya is usually an erect, hard-barked shrub with

narrow, closely spaced leaves found growing on heavy or skeletal soils in drier areas.

North-eastern Australia including the southern Gulf of Carpentaria and Cape York

Peninsula.

Specimens examined, Northern Territory. 24 miles [39 km] N of Macarthur River Stn, Jul 1948, Perry 1776

(BRI). Queensland. BURKE District: Settlement Ck, May 1923, Brass 363 (BRI); 6 miles [10 km] W of

Westmoreland Stn, Jun 1948, Perry 1334 (BRI). Cook District: near Chillagoe, Apr 1938, Blake 1364 (BRI).

Melaleuca stenostachya var. pendula Byrnes, Austrobaileya 2: 74 (1984). Type: Queens-

land. Cook District: Jacky Jacky airstrip, Bamaga District, May 1962, Webb &

Tracey 5989 (BRI, holo),

North-eastern Australia including Cape York Peninsula and Torres Strait Islands.

Specimens examined, Queensland. Cook District: Lockerbie, 10 miles [16 km] WSW of Somerset, Apr 1948,

Brass 18350 (BRI); bank of lagoon near Karumba Rd, Jul 1977, Craven & Paijmans 4801 (BRI); Badu Is., Torres

St, Dec 1979, Garnett 284 (BRI); Friday Is., near Prince of Wales Is., Nov 1966, Hindmarsh & Wolloston 118

(BRI); Rutland Plains near mouth of Mitchell R., Whitehouse (BRI).

_ The two varieties are usually distinct but some intermediates may be present. The

variation is apparently related to the ecological conditions.

35. Melaleuca sericea Byrnes, Austrobaileya 2: 74 (1984). Type: Western Australia. 9.5

miles [15 km] W of Tableland Station, Apr 1955, Lazarides 5133 (BRI, holo;

CANB, iso). :

Shrub or small tree to 5 m high. Bark layered, papery. Branchiets densely villous. Leaves

scattered, flat, narrowly obovate to obovate, obtuse to acuminate, apiculate, cuneate at

base, 15-50 mm long, 2-10 mm wide, appressed sericeous, glabrescent at length, 3-5-

veined, often obscure, oil glands visible with lens on older leaves; petioles to 3 mm

long, poorly defined. Inflorescence a few- to many-flowered dense or open upper-axillary

or terminal spike; flowers in triads; rachis villous, growing out before anthesis; bracts

variable, caducous sometimes replaced by leaves; bracteoles absent. Calyx tube campan-

ulate 1.5-2 mm long, villous; lobes ovate to triangular, 0.8-1.2 mm long, sericeous

including narrow margins, Petals white, nearly circular with or without claw, ca 1.5 mm

long. Stamens white, glabrous; claw 2—2.5 mm long; filaments 8-11 attached to the upper

margin of each claw, to 5 mm long. Style ca 8 mm long, glabrous; stigma capitate. Ovary

1-1.5 mm long, pubescent above. Fruit cup-shaped to urceolate, to 2.5 mm long and 2

mm diam., orifice 1-1.2 mm diam.; calyx lobes and indumentum usually retained at

maturity; in an open or dense spike.

North Australia from the Kimberley area of Western Australia to Victoria River area

of Northern Territory.

Specimens examined. Western Australia: 45.5 miles [73 km] W of Tableland Stn, Apr 1955, Lazarides 5139 (BRI,

CANB); near Karunjie Stn, Sept 1954, Speck 5006 (BRI); Kuranjie Stn, East Kimberley, Jan 1955, Rust 92

(CANB). Northern Territory. 20 miles [32 km] SW of Auvergne Stn, Aug 1949, Perry 2683 (BRI); 18 miles W

of Timber Creek, Jan 1971, Byrnes 2025 (BRI, DNA); 66 miles E of W. Aust. border, Sep 1969, Everist 9248

(BRI) & Byrnes 1715 (DNA); Keep R. May 1972, Aldrick (DNA).

This species differs from M. stenostachya in having a more persistent indumentum

on leaves, branchlets, calyx lobes and fruits, longer staminal claws and a shorter flowering

spike. The flowering spikes are usually only borne singly and the rachis invariably grows

out before anthesis with well developed leaves so that it appears subterminal. M. sericea

can be mistaken for M. /asiandra but it does not have the hairy stamens of that species.

36. Melaleuca cajuputi Powell, Pharm. Lond. Transl. 22 (1809); Blake, Cont. Qd Herb.

1:22 (1968). Type. Description and figures in Rumph., Herb. Amboin from plants

from the Moluccas.

Synonyms: see S.T. Blake (/oc. cit.).

Shrub or usually a tree to 25 m high. Bark layered, fibrous and papery. Branchlets patent

villous. Leaves scattered, flat, narrowly to broadly ovate or obovate, acute, often apiculate,

attenuate at base, 45-120 mm long, 8-20 mm wide (wider outside Australia), villous,

Ed a eo sees tn a att aa ett “e ert “ “m * .

SE SS te ae ha RS HEV RANE AN | 4 OE a ENT SN ah AS HS Aa ke Mar cnc eye SERN a et ae nce ene Sat NN na ed CARH RE A OR ARE AGE al cafe ne lt meena mctlittn kant dn my in ibis in MEE Tu

SRE C Mr cee tt ge PERE AN e i i

PPP ed ieee soak

‘Teed A

ceil

257

glabrescent or glabrous; oil glands usually obscure; petioles to 7 mm long. Inflorescence

a many-flowered terminal or upper-axillary spike, usually single, sometimes 2-3 together;

flowers in triads; rachis villous, growing out at anthesis; bracts ovate, striate, villous,

caducous; bracteoles absent. Calyx tube turbinate to sub-cylindrical, to 2 mm long and

wide, pubescent; lobes semicircular to triangular, 0.5-0.7 mm long, pubescent with

glabrous thin margin. Petals broadly obovate, clawed, to 2.5 mm long. Stamens white,

glabrous; claw 1-2 mm long; filaments 7-10 attached to the upper margin of each claw,

free part to 8 mm long. Style 6-9 mm long, glabrous; stigma small. Ovary ca | mm

long, pubescent above. Fruit cup-shaped to globose, to 3 mm long and 4 mm wide,

orifice 1.5-2 mm diam.; calyx lobes deciduous; usually in dense spikes.

Southern Asia to northern Australia including Western Australia, Northern Territory,

Queensland north of 18°S latitude; also cultivated beyond its natural range.

Selected specimens. Northern Territory. Reynolds R., May 1969, Byrnes 1629 (BRI), Yirrkala, Aug 1948, Specht

857 (BRI). Queensland. Cook District: Sanamere Lagoon, Jardine R., May 1948, Brass 18854 (BRD; 6 km

from Cooktown, Cairns Rd, Apr 1975, Craven 3206 (BRI).

37. Melaleuca argentea W.V. Fitzg., Western Mail (Perth), 16 Jun 1906 & also J. Roy.

Soc. W. Aust. 3:187 (1918); Blake, Cont. Qd Herb. 1:47 (1968). Type. Western

ais base of Mt Bartlett, Sep 1905, Fitzgerald 1258 (NSW, holo; K, PERTH,

iSO).

M. leucadendron var. angustata Riviere, Bull. Soc. Nat. Acclim. France 3:537, f. 2

(1882). Type: (P? 7.¥.).

Tree to 25 m high. Bark layered, papery. Branchlets appressed sericeous, pendulous.

Leaves scattered, flat, narrowly elliptical to narrowly obovate, acute, apiculate, narrowly

cuneate or attenuate at base, 50-150 mm long, 6-20 mm wide, appressed sericeous with

long straight hairs only, at length glabrescent, 3-9-veined, oil glands obscure; petioles

4~10 mm long, usually retaining indumentum. Inflorescence a many-flowered, open,

upper-axillary or terminal spike, 1-4 together; flowers in triads, rachis pubescent and

usually growing out before anthesis (some not growing at all out); bracts ovate to

triangular, to 10 mm long, appressed pubescent or sericeous, caducous; bracteoles absent.

Calyx tube cylindrical to campanulate, 1.6-2.5 mm long and wide, pubescent, rarely

glabrous, lobes semicircular to broadly ovate, 1-1.5 mm long usually pubescent including

hyaline margins. Petals white, broadly obovate with broad claw, 2.3-4 mm long. Stamens

white, glabrous; claw 1-2 mm long; filaments 6-9 attached to margin of each claw, free

part to 12 mm long. Style 12-15 mm long, glabrous; stigma capitate. Ovary to 1.5 mm

long, pubescent above. Fruit cup-shaped or cylindrical, 2.5-4 mm long and wide, orifice

2-3 mm diam., calyx lobes absent; in an open spike.

Northern Australia from Gascoyne River, Western Australia to Cape York Peninsula,

Queensland and New Guinea, usually restricted to creek or river banks.

Selected specimens. Western Australia. Karunjie Station, Jul 1952, Perry 3149 (BRI). Northern Territory. 20

miles [32 km] W of Katherine, Sep 1961, Speck 1662 (BRI); Settlement Ck, Sep 1922, Brass 229 (BRI). Queensland.

Cook District: Chillagoe, near old smelter, Aug 1965, Carolin 4806 (BRI).

This species has been confused with both M. nervosa and M. dealbata but differs

- from both in having no short crispid hairs mixed with the long straight hairs on the

leaf lamina. Blake confused the narrow-leaved form, M. nervosa f. pedulina, with this

species and stated in his paper that M4. argentea had crispid hairs. Both taxa grow

together on the river banks of northern Queensland and do appear similar, but the

indumentum without crispid hairs is more persistent and there are more stamens in M.

argentea. The two species are difficult to distinguish from each other in the absence of

flowers or young leaves.

38. Melaleuca leucadendra (L.)L., Mant. 1:105 (1767); S.T. Blake, Cont. Qd Herb. 1:17

(1968). Type: Arbor alba Rumphius, Herb. Amboin. 2:72, t. 16,17. f.1, figure &

description of plant from the Moluccas.

Synonyms: see Blake (/oc. cit.).

Tree to 30 m high. Bark layered, papery. Branchlets glabrous or sericeous, glabrescent

early, pendulous. Leaves scattered, flat, narrowly ovate to elliptical, acute, often shortly

258

apiculate, narrowly attenuate at base, 80-230 mm long, 9-40 mm wide, thin, glabrous

or sometimes sericeous when very young, 5-9-veined, oil glands obscure or visible with

lens, petioles 6-12 mm long, glabrous. Inflorescence a many-flowered, open to distant-

flowered, upper-axillary or terminal spike; flowers in triads, rachis glabrous or sometimes

with few scattered hairs, glabrescent, usually growing out at anthesis (some not growing

out at all); bracts (not seen) caducous early; bracteoles absent. Calyx tube campanulate

to cylindrical, 1.5-2.7 mm long, glabrous; lobes semicircular 0.7-2 mm long, glabrous

with hyaline margin. Petals white, obovate to nearly circular with a short broad claw,

2-4 mm long. Stamens white, glabrous; claw 2-4 mm long; flaments 5-10 attached to

margin of each claw, free part to 12 mm long. Style 10-14 mm long, glabrous; stigma

small to capitate. Ovary 2~3 mm long, pubescent above. Fruit cup-shaped or cylindrical,

45 mm long and wide, orifice 3-4 mm diam., calyx lobes absent; in an open spike.

Northern Australia from Kimberley region, Western Australia to Shoalwater Bay, Queens-

land; also Malesia and New Caledonia; commonly cultivated.

Specimens examined. Northern Territory. 13° 03’S, 131° 70°E, Mar 1978, Henshal/ 1943 (BRI); Angurugu R.,

Groote Eylandt, Apr 1974, Levitt 370 (BRI). Queensland, Cook District:Lankelly Ck, Oct 1969, Webb & Tracey

9681 (BRI). LEICHHARDT District: Bombandy, 40 miles [64 km] S of Nebo township, Sep 1961, Lazarides &

Story 141 (BRI).

Melaleuca leucandendra is a variable species in habit and leaf size. Trees growing

in permanently moist situations commonly have leaves 25-40 mm wide and 150-200

mm long. The type of the species as described by Rumphius and the specimen in the

Linnean Herbarium No. 941.2 are both of this form. Another form usually with narrower

and shorter leaves is commonly found in Australia. F.M. Bailey (1883) believed it to be

a distinct variety and described it under the name M. leucadendron var. saligna with a

specimen from Endeavour River as the type. From his treatment, it appears that this

form is what S.T. Blake regarded as typical for the species. Both the wide-leaved and

narrow-leaved forms are found in the same areas in Northern Australia, usually in

different ecological situations. There are many examples of intermediate forms, so on

present knowledge the ‘var. saligna’ of Bailey cannot be maintained.

Because of the variability of A¢. /eucadendra and related species and a general

similarity of all the species within the group, considerable confusion in the naming of

specimens has resulted. If careful examination is made of indumentum, number and

length of stamens, and leaf shape and thickness most problems can be resolved.

The combination of relatively thinner leaves, wider below the middle and open,

almost totally glabrous, inflorescences distinguishes 4. leucadendra from related species.

39. Melaleuca viridiflora Sol. ex Gaertn., Fruct. et Semin. 1:173, t. 35 (1788); Blake,

Cont. Qd Herb. 1:28-41 (1968) including A. quinquenervia (Cav.)S.T. Blake.

Types: Queensland. Endeavour River, Jul-Aug 1770, Banks & Solander (BM,

NSW, MEL, W).

Synonyms: see Blake (loc. cit.).

Shrub or tree to 25 m high. Bark layered, papery and fibrous, loose to tight and hard.

Branchlets usually sericeous, sometimes glabrous. Leaves scattered, flat, narrowly to

broadly obovate, sometimes elliptical or broadly ovate, acute to obtuse, sometimes

apiculate, narrowly attenuate at the base, 50-220 mm long, 6-70 mm wide, sericeous,

hairs persistent or glabrescent, sometimes glabrous, 5- or more-veined, oil glands usually

obscure; petioles 4-20 mm long, usually with some indumentum. Inflorescence a many-

flowered, dense to moderately open, upper-axillary or terminal spike, often 2~4 together;

flowers in triads; rachis glabrous to pubescent, growing out after anthesis; bracts broadly

ovate, to 7 mm long, glabrous, striate; bracteoles absent. Calyx tube cup-shaped, 2-3.5

mm long, 1.7-3 mm wide, glabrous or pubescent; lobes semicircular, 1-2 mm long,

glabrous or pubescent with hyaline margins. Petals white or red, obovate, with short

claw 2-5 mm long. Stamens white, yellow, green, pink or red, glabrous; claw 0.5-4 mm

long (sometimes split to base giving apparently more bundles); flaments 4-10 attached

to margin of each claw; free part 14-20 mm long. Style 17-24 mm long, glabrous; stigma

small. Ovary 1.5-2.5 mm long, pubescent above. Fruit shortly barrel-shaped, 2.5-5 mm

long, 4-6 mm wide, orifice 2.5-4 mm diam., calyx lobes deciduous; in an open or dense

spike.

259

Northern and eastern Australia, widespread from Kimberley region, Western Australia

to Sydney; also New Guinea and New Caledonia.

This species demonstrates a high degree of variability. Within the species a number

of populations can be distinguished, at least at the flowering stage, but intermediate

forms can be found. Because of the presence of these forms, the variation within the

species, and the variation occurring with growth, varietal status for the distinguishable

populations is a more practical approach than recognising them as separate species.

Distinguishing M4. viridiflora from related species and the recognition of possible

infraspecific taxa has been a problem and the species has been considered difficult to

diagnose. Blake’s 1968 taxonomic classification of the group, for the most part, is followed

here. However, for the species M7. viridiflora and M. quinguenervia there is an overlap

in all ranges of measurements given for key characters by Blake. Considerable difficulty

has been experienced in trying to place some herbarium material as M. viridiflora or M.

gquinquenervia. The same problem is experience by field workers trying to identify plants

in areas where the species overlap. Consequently MW. quinquenervia 1s here treated as

conspecific with M. viridiflora but maintained as a variety.

Melaleuca viridiflora var. viridiflora is widespread in Northern Australia and New Guinea.

Within the variety a wide-range of flower colour and habit is found but it can be

distinguished by the characters given in the key.

Selected specimens. Northern Territory. Near Banka Banka Station, 18°52’S, 134°3’E, Jun 1946, Blake i6016

(BRI); Sir Edward Pellew Group, 15°44’S, 136°37’E, Feb 1976, Craven (BRI). Queensland. BURKE DISTRICT: 3

miles [5 km] E of Normanton, Mar 1954, Lazarides 4280 (BRD. Port CuRTIS District: 4 miles [6 km] from

Yeppon towards Byfield, May 1970, Telford [711 (BRI.

Melaleuca viridiflora var. canescens Byrnes, Austrobaileya 2: 74 (1984). Type: Queensland.

Cook District: 30 miles [48 km] SSE of Strathleven homestead, Nov 1965, Pedley

1843 (BRI, holo).

_ This variety usually has a gnarled habit and distinctive canescent leaves with

persistent appressed sericeous indumentum.

The leaves are wide and a number of colour forms have been collected. It is

found in drier areas of northern Queensland.

Selected specimens. Queensland. CoOoK DistricT:Wrotham Park, Apr 1983, Blake 13710 & 13711 (BRI); 6 miles

[10 km] NE of Strathmore Station, Aug 1953, Perry 3921 9(BRI), 18°15’S, 141°OQ’E, May 1966, Moore 44 (BRD).

Melaleuca viridiflora var. glabra (C. White)Byrnes, Austrobaileya 2: 74 (1984). Based

on M. cunninghamii var. glabra C. White. Type: Papua New Guinea. Tarara,

Brass 8485 (BRI).

Blake referred M. cunninghamii var. glabra to M. quinquenervia but the type has

the typical wide leaves of M4. viridiflora var. viridiflora from which it differs in being

glabrous in all parts, except for the very young buds.

Eastern Queensland north of Rockhampton; also Papua New Guinea.

Specimens examined. Queensland. COOK DistrRict:Outside Port Douglas, Jul 1967, Aforiarty 7 (BRD; Cumberland,

Gilbert R., May 1937, Brass 8809 (BRI; 12°48’S, 143°03’E, Jul 1968, Pedley 2753 (BRI). PORT CuRTIS DISTRICT:

Nine Mile Beach, 22° 52'S, 150°47’E, Jul 1977, Batianoff & McDonald 452 (BRI).

Melaleuca viridiflora var. attenuata Byrnes, Austrobaileya 2:74 (1984). Type: Cook District:

outside Port Douglas, ca 7 miles [11 km] ESE of Mossman, July 1967, Moriarty

9 (BRI, holo).

A narrow-leaved variety with glabrous or early glabrescent inflorescences. Leaves

exceeding 100 mm long but less than 20 mm wide are common.

Queensland, mainly Cape York Peninsula.

Specimens examined. Queensland. Cook DIsTRicT: between Cook Hwy & Port Douglas, Jul 1962, Tracey & Webb

6433 (BRI); Dimbulah, Jun 1929, Tardent (BRI); Dimbulah area, Dec 1955, White 1263 (BRI); Stannary Hills,

Bancroft (BRI); near Chillagoe, Apr 1938, Blake 13565 (BRI); Frewhurst, Feb 1922, White 1369 (BRI); Yaramulla

Stn, Apr i980, H/iliams 80048 (BRI).

260

Melaleuca viridiflora var. rubriflora Brong. & Gris, Bull. Soc. Bot. France 11: 183 (1864).

Type: New Caledonia, near Balade, Vieillard (P).

M. guinquenervia (Cav.)S.T. Blake, Contrib. Qd Herb. 1:28 (1968). Based on

Metrosideros quinquenervia Cav., Ic. Pl. 4: 19, t. 333 (1779). Type: Port Jackson,

Apr 1793, Nee (MA, lost, see Blake, loc. cit.).

M. viridiflora var, angustifolia (L.f{.)Byrnes, Austrobaileya 2:74 (1984), nom. illeg.

non BI, Budr. 1099 (1826), Based on Melaleuca leucodendra var. angustifolia

Lf., Suppl, Pi, 342 (1781). Type: New Caledonia, Forster (LINN, holo, 7.y.; BRI,

microfiche

S.T. Blake considered this to be a species distinct from M. viridiflora and related

species and made the combination M. quinquenervia (Cay.)S.T. Blake based on Metros-

ideros quinquenervia Cav. The variety is not as distinct as some other varieties of MZ.

viridiflora but is considered to be worthy of varietal status. It can usually be distinguished

from other varieties by its thinner and shorter leaves and shorter stamens.

Widespread in eastern coastal Australia north of Sydney; also in New Guinea and New

Caledonia.

selected specimens, Queensland. Cook Districr:Summit of Mt Tozer, Jul 1948, Brass 19477 (BRD. Port Curtis

District: Curtis Island, Mar 1966, Blake 22582 (BRI). Wipe Bay District: Fraser Island, May 1919, Petrie

(BRI. Moreron District: Bulimba, Brisbane, Apr 1963, Henderson H45 (BRD.

40. Melaleuca bracteata F. Muell,, Fragm. [:15 (1885); Blake, Cont. Qd Herb. 1:65

(1968), Carrick & Chorney, J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 1:286 (1979). Type: Moreton

Bay, W’. Hill (MEL, lecto, chosen by Blake),

Synonyms: see Blake. (/oc. cit.)

Shrub or tree to 15 m high. Bark grey to black, fissured, hard. Branchlets densely

pubescent, hairs glabrescent or persistent, rarely glabrous. Leaves scattered, flat or concave

above, sometimes twisted, narrowly ovate to ovate, acute to acuminate, 5-28 mm long,

1-3 mm wide, veins (3~) 5—11, usually visible with lens in thinner leaves, pubescent,

persistent or soon glabrescent, ‘rarely glabrous, oil glands usually visible with lens in

thinner leaves; petioles absent. Inflorescence a few- to many-flowered, dense or open,

upper axillary, ‘terminal or subterminal spike; ys single or in triads; rachis pubescent,

growing out about anthesis; bracts leaf-like but usually shorter and broader; bracteoles

ovate, apiculate, to 2 mm long, pubescent, deciduous. Calyx tube hemispherical, cup-

shaped, or globose-urceolate, 1-2 mm long and wide, pubescent, sometimes faintly

ribbed; lobes ovate or triangular, sometimes shortly acuminate, 0.5-1.7 mm long, usually

with [-3 ribs, pubescent or glabrous. Petals white, nearly circular, without claws, 1.5-2

mm long, deciduous. Stamens white, glabrous; claw 3-4 mm long: filaments 16-25,

attached to upper margin of each claw commonly in two series, free part to 5 mm long.

Style 7-8 mm long, glabrous; stigma small. Ovary ca 1 mm long, pubescent above. Fruit

cup-shaped, 2-2.5 mm long excluding persistent calyx lobes, 2.5-3 mm wide, orifice

2~2,5 mm diam.; in open or dense spikes.

Widespread species found in the Northern Territory, Queensland, northern New South

Wales, South Australia and Western Australia.

Selected specimens. Northern Territory. Victoria River Downs, Sep 1969, Everist 9273 (BRI), Queensland. NorTH

KENNEDY District: 5 miles [8 km] West of Hervey Ra., Novy 1980, Hawkeswood 598 (BRI). LEICHHARDT

District: Minerva, Springsure, Jul 1934, Biake 7021 (BRI). New South Wales. Unumear State Forest, Nov 1942,

Constable (BRD.

M. bracteata displays a wide range of variation mainly in the leaves. The eastern

coastal specimens have glabrescent, or sometimes glabrous, large, thin leaves which

usually have more than seven veins and oil glands visible with a lens. Specimens from

Central Australia have smaller thicker leaves with fewer obscured veins, more persistent

indumentum and oi! glands visible with lens. Between these extremes there 1s a wide

range of intermediate forms which makes it impossible to recognise infraspecific taxa.

41. Melaleuca styphelioides Smith, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. 3:275 (1797). Type: Port

Jackson, D. Burton (LINN, 4.¥.).

Shrub or small tree, rarely to 20 m high. Bark layered, papery or hard and scaly.

Branchlets pubescent. Leaves scattered, sessile, flat, often twisted or concave above, ovate

26]

to broadly ovate, acute, tapered to pungent point, cuneate at base, 4-25 mm long, 2-6

mm wide, 15-30-veined, puberulous or at least ciliate on margins, glabrescent early, oil

. glands visible with lens. Inflorescence a few- to many-flowered, dense, some-times leafy,

upper-axillary, terminal or subterminal spike; flowers in triads, sometimes single; rachis

tomentose, growing out before anthesis; bracts leaf-like but deciduous; bracteoles ovate,

subulate, to 3 mm long, pubescent, deciduous. Calyx tube ovoid, rarely urceolate,

pubescent or sometimes glabrous, 1.5-2.5 mm long, ca 2 mm diam., ribbed; lobes

triangular, acuminate, 1.5-2 mm long, conspicuously veined, pubescent or glabrous.

Petals white, nearly circular, shortly clawed, 1-2 mm long, deciduous before anthesis.

Stamens white, glabrous; claw 3-4 mm long: filaments 12-26, attached to margin of

upper third of each claw, free part to 6 mm long. Style 7-11 mm long, glabrous; stigma

small. Ovary to 2 mm long, pubescent above. Fruit cup-shaped to ovoid 2-3.5 mm long

excluding the semi-persistent calyx lobes, 2-3 mm wide, orifice ca 1.5 mm diam.; in

open or dense spikes.

Fastern Australia, coastal areas and adjoining ranges from Mary River, southern Queens-

land to Shoalhaven River, New South Wales.

Melaleuca styphelioides var. styphelioides

Selected specimens, Queensland. MORETON District: 1.5 miles [2 km] N of Caloundra, Nov 1969, Leb/er (BRI).

New South Wales. 5 miles [8 km] E of Raymond Terrace, Apr 1960, Story 7261 (BRD; Gosford, Nov 1952, J.

King (BRI); Kanimbla Valley, Blackheath, Nov 1948, Constable (BRI).

Melaleuca styphelioides var. squamophloia Byrnes, Austrobaileya 2:74 (1984). Type:

oe Downs District: Kogan, Dec 1949, K.R. Kerr (BRI, holo; CANB, NSW,

iSO).

This variety in many respects 1s intermediate between M. styphelioides var.

styphelioides and M. bracteata and may be a hybrid. It has the smaller calyx lobes and

more numerous stamens of the latter, an intermediate bark, but the clawed petals and

more numerous leaf veins of M. styphelioides. It grows on the black soil plains usually

in wetter areas chiefly of the Darling Downs District.

Specimens examined. Queensland. DARLING Downs District: 19 miles [30 km] E of Meandarra, Dec 1958,

Walter (BRD; 3 miles [5 km] E of Jandowae, Nov 1969, Nielsen (BRD; 3 km W of The Gums, Nov 197],

Stevenson (BRI) & Sep 1980, Byrnes 3957 (BRI); between Meandarra & Condamine, Nov 1962, Everist 7231

(BRI); 4 miles [6 km] S of Rywung, Apr 1971, Williams (BRD; Dogwood Creek, E of Gurulmundi & N of Miles,

Nov 1930, Belson (BRI); 2 miles [3.2 km] N of Ehlma, May 1958, Johnson 482 (BRI). BURNETT DISTRICT:

Kingaroy, May 1952, Benham (BRI).

42. Melaleuca viminalis (Sol. ex Gaertner)Byrnes, Austrobaileya 2: 75 (1984). Callistemon

viminalis (Sol. ex Gaertner) G. Don ex Loudon, Hort. Brit. 197 (1830). Based

on Metrosideros viminalis Sol. ex Gaertner, Fruct. et Semin. 1: 171, t. 34, f. 4.

(1788). Type: Endeavour River, Solander (K, n.v.).

Callistemon speciosus auct. non DC.; Bailey, Qd Flora 2: 594 (1900).

Shrub or small tree to 10 m high. Bark dark, rough, furrowed. Branchlets villous or

glabrous, usually pendulous. Leaves scattered, flat, elliptical to narrowly elliptical, acute,

apiculate, cuneate or narrowly attenuate at base, 35-105 mm long, 5-30 mm wide,

glabrous or villous, usually glabrescent, 3-veined, veins usually visible, o11 glands visible

with lens; petioles 1-8 mm long. Inflorescence a many-flowered, dense to open, terminal

spike; flowers single within each bract; rachis villous or glabrous, growing out usually

after anthesis; bracts broadly ovate, apiculate, 7-8 mm long, multiveined, pubescent,

caducous; bracteoles absent. Calyx tube cylindrical, 3-4 mm long, glabrous to densely

villous; lobes semicircular to truncate elliptical, 1-2 mm long, glabrous or villous, margins

hyaline, ciliate. Petals pink to red, obovate to nearly circular, with or without short

broad claw, 4-5 mm long. Stamens red, glabrous; claw 0.5-3 mm long or sometimes

fused to form a ring; filaments 6-1! on margin of each claw, free part to 24 mm long.

Style to 26 mm long, glabrous; stigma capitate. Ovary 1-2 mm long, pubescent above.

Fruit cup-shaped, 5-6 mm long, 4-5 mm wide, orfice 3-4 mm diam., calyx lobes

deciduous; in open spike.

Eastern Australia along coast and ranges, rarely inland, from Cape York, Queensland to

Clarence River, New South Wales. Commonly cultivated.

262

Melaleuca viminalis var. viminalis is generally larger in all parts and has fewer hairs

than MM. viminalis var. minor. It has longer claws, often 2-3 mm long as in the type

(pers. comm. M.D. Crisp) and is found in the northern part of the species’ range of

distribution.

Selected specimens. Queensland. Cook District: Chester R., Sep 1973, Hyland 6836 (BRI); Mowbray R., Jan

1932, Brass 1930 (BRI). NORTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: Hinchinbrook Is. Aug 1975, Sharpe 1639 (BRI). PorT

CURTIS District: Marlborough Ck, Jul 1962, Trapnell & Williams 211 (BRD.

c Melaleuca viminalis var. minor Byrnes, Austrobaileya 2: 75 (1984). Type: Moreton

. District: Albert River, S of Brisbane, Aug 1930, Hubbard 3828 (BRI, holo).

_ In this variety the stamens may be united in a ring with little indication of the

claw. Other structures are generally smaller and more persistently villous than found in

the variety represented by the type of the species.

Selected specimens. Queensland. BURKE DisTRIcT: Hughenden, Sep 1925, Longman (BRI). DARLING DOWNS

District: 9.6 km 9°E of N of Pittsworth, Jan 1975, Stanley 72 (BRI). New South. Wales. Clarence R., Sep 1916,

Cheel (BRI).

Intermediates between the varieties can be found but the two populations repre-

sented by the varieties are, for the most part, distinct.

The species is quite variable in habit, length of flower spike and density and

persistence of indumentum. Many of the forms are genetically controlled and have been

selected for horticultural purposes.

Although Metrosideros viminalis was described from Australian material in 1788

it was not mentioned by Bentham in Flora Australiensis. It was placed in Callistemon

by both G. Don and Cheel but here is placed in Me/aleuca on the criterion of having

staminal bundles, particularly in the northern populations which the type represents.

43. Melaleuca arcana S.T. Blake, Cont. Qd Herb. 1: 54 (1968). Type: Cook District: NW

of Cooktown and W of Cape Bedford, Feb 1958, Blake 20260 (BRI, holo).

M. leucadendra f. ruscifolia Cheel in Ewart & Davies, Fl. N. Terr. 302 (1917). Type:

[Queensland, Point Lookout] Banks & Solander (NSW, holo).

Shrub or tree to 10 m high. Bark layered, papery. Branchlets sericeous, glabrescent.

Leaves scattered, flat, broadly to narrowly obovate or elliptical, obtuse or acute, shortly

attenuated at base, 18-50 mm long, 8-20 mm wide; sericeous, glabrescent early, 5-7-

veined, oil glands obscure; petioles 0.5-3 mm long, sericeous. Inflorescence a many-

flowered dense, short, terminal spike; flowers in triads (obscured by density); rachis

villous (obscure), srowing out after anthesis; bracts broadly ovate, to 4 mm long,

multiveined, deciduous; bracteoles absent. Calyx tube turbinate, usually angular, ca 2

mm long, indumentum in patches; lobes ovate, 1-1.5 mm long, margins ciliate. Petals

white, obovate, with or without short broad claw, 1.7-2.5 mm long. Stamens white,

glabrous; claw 0.2-1.4 mm long (sometimes divided to base); filaments 5-9, unevenly

united to margin of each claw, free part to 12 mm long. Style 9-10 mm long, glabrous;

stigma small. Ovary ca 1 mm long, pubescent above. Fruit turbinate, angular, 3-5 mm

long and wide, orifice 1.5-3 mm diam., calyx lobes deciduous; in a dense head or short

spike.

North-eastern Australia in coastal areas of Cape York Peninsula, north Queensland.

Selected specimens. Queensland. COOK District: Between Mclvor R. & Cape Flattery, Nov 1972, Dockrill 618

(BRI); 15°12’S, 145°06’E, Aug 1969, Bates (BRI); ca 24 km SW of Cape Melville, Jul 1972, Stanton 21 (BRI);

Newcastle Bay, 2.5 miles [4 km] S of Somerset, May 1948, Brass 18651 (BRI).

44, Melaleuca saligna Schauer in Walpers, Rep. Bot. Syst. 2: 927 (1843); Blake, Cont.

Qd Herb. 1: 52 (1968). Type: Queensland, Endeavour R., in 1819, A. Cunningham

256 (BM, iso).

Tree to 10 m high, bark layered, papery. Branchlets thinly pilose, glabrescent, pendulous.

Leaves scattered, flat, narrowly obovate, acute, cuneate at base, 30-105 mm long, 4-18

mm wide, thinly pilose, glabrescent early, 3—-7-veined, often indistinct, oil glands obscure;

petioles 2~8 mm long, usually pilose. Inflorescence a many-flowered, dense, axillary and

terminal, globose or ellipsoid head, rarely a spike, sometimes succeeding heads confluent;

flowers in triads; rachis densely villous growing out at anthesis; bracts ovate or pentagonal,

ca 2 mm long, pubescent, multiveined, semipersistent; bracteoles absent. Calyx tube

263

turbinate to campanulate, often angular, 1-1.5 mm long, pubescent; lobes triangular to

broadly ovate with narrow margin 0.5-0.8 mm long, pubescent. Petals white, obovate

to nearly circular, shortly clawed, 1.5~2 mm long. Stamens white, glabrous; claw variable

in size, 0.5-2.5 mm long, sometimes divided to base; filaments 6~9 attached to margin

of each claw, free part to 8 mm long. Style 7-9 mm long, glabrous; stigma small. Ovary

to | mm long, pubescent above. Fruit cylindrical, 2.5 mm long and wide, orifice 2 mm

diam., calyx lobes deciduous; in heads or short dense spikes.

Northern Australia from Torres Strait Islands to near Cooktown, Queensland.

Selected specimens. Queensland. Cook District: Portland Roads, Jun 1948, Brass 18978 (BRI); 14°20’S, 144°20’E,

Sep 1970, Hyland 4618 (BRI); Cooktown, May 1962, Blake 21799 (BRI); between Forsyth & Einsleigh, Feb £980,

Mitchell 1 (BRI).

Specimens with confluent inflorescences may key as M. stenostachya but usually

M. saligna can be distinguished by its dense heads borne both terminally and in the

axils. M. stenostachya has dense or open spikes borne either terminally or only in the

upper axils.

45, Melaleuca groveana Cheel & C. White, Proc. Roy. Soc Qd 36, 5: 41 f. 1 (1925);

Blake, Cont. Qd Herb. 1: 59 (1968). Type: Queensland, near Edenvale Railway

Station, Grove 132 (NSW, BRI).

Shrub or small tree to 10 m high. Bark layered, papery and fibrous, becoming hard.

Branchlets puberulous, glabrescent early. Leaves scattered, flat, narrowly elliptical, acute,

usually apiculate, attenuate or cuneate at base, 10-55 mm long, 3-7 mm wide, puberulous,

soon glabrescent, 3(-5)-veined, at least midvein visible, oil glands commonly visible on

undersurface; petioles 1.5-3 mm long, glabrescent. Inflorescence a few- to many-flowered,

usually open terminal spike; flowers single within each bract; rachis glabrous or puber-

ulous, growing out after anthesis; bracts not seen, caducous; bracteoles nearly circular,

ca 0.5 mm diam., puberulous with ciliate margins, deciduous. Calyx tube campanulate,

3-4.5 mm long, glabrous; lobes broadly ovate, with hyaline ciliolate margins, 1-1.5 mm

long. Petals white, broadly ovate, with or without short broad claw, to 4 mm long.

Stamens white, glabrous; claw 1-3 mm long; filaments 11-26 attached to margin and

sometimes upper surface of each claw, free part to 10 mm long. Style 10-12 mm long,

glabrous; stigma capitate. Ovary ca 2 mm long, pubescent above. Fruit barrel-shaped or

truncate-ovoid, 4-7 mm long and wide, orifice 2-3 mm diam., calyx lobes absent; in an

open spike.

Eastern Australia on central and coastal highlands from central Queensland to North

Coast, New South Wales.

Selected specimens. Queensland. LEICHHARDT DISTRICT: 23°45’S, 149°05’E, Sep 1964, Gittins 941 (BRI). BURNETT

DISTRICT: near Kingaroy, Edenvale, Sep 1954, Blake 19703 (BRI). MorETON District: Mt Beerwah, Sep 1957,

McGillivray 290 (BRI). New South Wales. South Brother Mt, Johns River, Feb 1926, Cheel (NSW, BRI).

46. Melaleuca deanei F. Muell., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. ser II, 1: 1106 (1887); Blake,

Cont. Qd Herb. 1: 56 (1968). Type: New South Wales: Lane Cove R., Deane

(MEL, holo; NSW, iso).

Synonyms: see Blake (/oc. cit.).

Shrub to 3 m high. Bark rough, fissured. Branchlets puberulous soon glabrescent.Leaves

scattered, flat, narrowly elliptical to narrowly obovate,acute, apiculate, narrowly atten-

uated at base, 10-25 mm long, 3-7 mm wide, glabrous or thinly pilose, soon glabrescent,

3- sometimes 5-veined, midvein at least visible, oil glands visible or obscure; petioles

0.8-2.2 mm long, glabrescent. Inflorescence a many-flowered, open, terminal or upper

axillary spike; flowers single within each bract; rachis villous, growing out after anthesis;

bracts elliptical, to 5 mm long, densely villous, caducous; bracteoles nearly circular, ca

0.5 mm long, villous, caducous. Calyx tube turbinate to campanulate, 4-5 mm long,

villous; lobes broadly ovate to semicircular, without hyaline margins, 1.3-2 mm long,

villous. Petals broadly ovate to circular with short claw, 3-5 mm long, sericeous outside.

Stamens white, glabrous or puberulous towards base; claw 1.5-2 mm long; filaments

17-28 attached to margin or few on inner surface of each claw, free part to 10 mm long.

Style 11—14 mm long, glabrous or with few scattered hairs towards base; stigma capitate

to peltate. Ovary to 4 mm long, velutinous above. Fruit barrel-shaped or subcylindrical,

264

7-8 mm long, 5.5-7 mm wide, orifice 3 mm diam., calyx lobes deciduous; in open

spikes.

Eastern Australia from Sydney to Nowra, New South Wales.

Selected specimens. New South Wales. Cooks R., Oct 1901, Hamilton (BRI); Waterfall, 21 miles [34 km] S of

Sydney, Nov 1952, King (BRI); Arncliffe, Oct 1897, Camfield (NSW, BRI); Hornsby, Oct 1918, Blakely (NSW).

47. Melaleuca sieberi Schauer in Walpers, Rep. Bot. Sys. 2: 928(1843); Blake, Cont. Qd

Herb. 1: 60 (1968). Type: near Sydney, Sieber 601 (MO, iso, photo BRI).

M. parviflora Lindley var. latifolia Maiden & Betche, Census N.S.W. Pl. 155-56

(1916). Type: Wardell, Jun 1884, Betche (NSW, lecto selected by Blake).

Shrub or small tree to 20 m high. Bark layered, papery. Branchlets glabrous or crisped

pubescent, glabrescent. Leaves scattered, flat, narrowly elliptical to narrowly ovate, acute,

often apiculate, cuneate at base, 4-15 mm long, 1-4 mm wide, glabrous or pubescent,

glabrescent early, 3-veined usually obscure or only mid-vein visible, oil glands visible

with lens; petioles to 1 mm long, glabrescent. Inflorescence a few- to many-flowered,

upper axillary or terminal spike; flowers single within each bract or rarely in triads;

rachis densely pubescent, growing out after anthesis; bracts narrowly to broadly ovate,

2-3 mm long, pubescent or puberulous, deciduous; bracteoles absent. Calyx tube cam-

panulate to cylindrical, 2-3 mm long and wide, pubescent: lobes ovate to triangular,

i-1.5 mm long, pubescent to glabrous, without hyaline margins. Petals often pink in

part, nearly circular with a short claw, 2~3 mm long. Stamens white, glabrous; claw 2-3

mm long; filaments 11-25 attached to margin of upper half of each claw, free part to 6

mm long. Style 8-10 mm long, glabrous; stigma capitate. Ovary ca 2 mm long, pubescent

above. Fruit barrel-shaped to cup-shaped, 3-5 mm long and wide, orifice 2-3 mm wide,

calyx lobes semipersistent; 1n an open spike.

Eastern coastal areas from Wide Bay, Queensland to Sydney area, New South Wales.

Selected specimens. Queensland. MORETON District: 26°25’S, 153°02’E, Oct 1968, Baxter & Lebler 1107 (BRI);

off Fredrick Street, Bribie Island, Sep 1973, Bates 516 (BRI); Albert R., near Plunkett, Sep 1930, Curtis 4027

(BRI).New South Wales. CENTRAL Coast: Gosford, Oct 1952, King (BRD).

48. Melaleuca kunzeoides Byrnes, Austrobaileya 2: 75 (1984).Type: Warrego District:

near Bat Cave, Milo Holding, ca 20 km NW of Adavale, 13 Apr 1981, Sandercoe

sn. (BRI, holo; CANB, K, NSW, iso).

Shrub 1-2 m high. Bark layered, papery to hard. Branchlets glabrous, glandular. Leaves

scattered, flat or slightly concave above, narrowly ovate to rectangular, acute to obtuse,

shortly apiculate, shortly attenuate at base, 4-8 mm long, 1-2 mm wide, glabrous or

thinly puberulous, glabrescent, 1-3-veined obscure, oil glands visible with lens; petioles

ca 0.5 mm long. Inflorescence a few- to many-flowered, dense usually leafy terminal

short raceme; flowers single or in pairs on very short pedicels; rachis glabrous, growing

out after anthesis; bracts leaf-like; bracteoles subulate, 1-2 mm long, glabrous. Calyx

tube campanulate, 1-1.5 mm long and wide, glabrous; lobes triangular, 1-1.5 mm long,

glabrous, sometimes partly fused in pairs. Petals white, elliptical, clawed, 1.5-2 mm

long. Stamens yellow-green, glabrous; claw 2.5-3.5 mm long: filaments 4-6 attached to

the upper margin of each claw; free part to 4 mm long. Style 4-5 mm long, glabrous;

stigma small. Ovary ca | mm long, puberulous above. Fruit hemispherical to globular

with persistent calyx lobes, ca 3 mm long, 2 mm wide, orifice ca 1.5 mm diam., thin

walled; in a short raceme, deciduous at maturity.

South-western Queensland.

Specimens examined. Queensland. WARREGO DISTRICT: near Bat Cave, Milo Holding, ca 20 km NW of Adavaie,

May 1979, Sandercoe 122 (BRI) & Nov 1981, Sandercoe 2004 (BRD.

This species is known only from the type locality but probably has been overlooked

in other areas as the flowers are not easily seen. It exhibits characters of Kunzea and

Melaleuca and is placed in the latter genus on the basis of the fusion of the lower

filaments into a claw.

49, Melaleuca armillaris (Sol. ex Gaertner) Smith, Trans. Linn.Soc. Lond. 3: 227 (1797);

Bentham, Fl. Austr. 3: 146 (1867). Based on Metrosideros armillaris Sol. ex

Gaertner, Fruct. et Semin. PI. 1:171 t. 34 f. 5 (1788). Type: Solander (NSW, iso).

M. ertcaefolia Andr., Bot. Rep. 3: t. 175 (1801).

265

Shrub to 5 m high. Bark layered, hard, fissured. Branchlets glabrous or pubescent,

glabrescent early. Leaves scattered, flat or concave above, linear, acute, apiculate, recurved

towards apex, narrowly cuneate at base, 12-25 mm long, to 1 m wide, glabrous or

puberulous, soon glabrescent, 1-3-veined obscure, oil glands visible with lens; petioles

1-2 mm long, glabrous. Inflorescence a many-flowered, dense spike on a short lower

axillary branchlet; flowers single within each bract; rachis minutely puberulous to woolly,

growing out before anthesis; bracts ovate-acuminate, to 14 mm long, deciduous; bracteoles

absent. Calyx tube cylindrical, laterally compressed at base, longitudinally attached, 1-1.5

mm long, glabrous, lobes broadly triangular, ca 1 mm long with lateral hyaline margins,

glabrous. Petals white, ovate, clawed, 2-3 mm long. Stamens white, glabrous; claw 5—6

mm long; filaments 16-18 attached to margin and upper surface of top third of each

claw, free part to 4 mm long. Style 8-10 mm long, glabrous; stigma capitate. Ovary

{-1.5 mm long, pubescent above.Fruit shortly cylindrical, 3-5 mm long and wide, orifice

2-4 mm diam.; calyx lobes semipersistent, incurved; in a dense spike.

From Manning River to Two Fold Bay, New South Wales, coast and adjacent ranges.

Commonly cultivated.

Selected specimens. New South Wales. Cronulla, Oct 1952, King (BRI); 4 miles [6 km] W of Green Cape, Oct

1954, Constable (BRD; South Head, Jan 1899, Boorman (BRI).

50. Melaleuca alternifolia (Maiden & Betche) Cheel, Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. 58: 195

(1924): based on M. linariifolia var. alternifolia Maiden & Betche, Proc. Linn.

Soc. N.S.W. 29: 742 (1905).Type: New South Wales: Coffs Harbour to Grafton,

Nov 1903, J.H. Maiden & J.L. Boorman (NSW, holo).

Shrub to 7 m high. Bark layered, papery. Branchlets puberulous, soon glabrescent. Leaves

variously arranged, scattered to whorled often on one branchlet, flat or concave above,

linear, acute, narrowly cuneate at base, 10-35 mm long, usually less than | mm wide,

puberulous, soon glabrescent, 3-veined, usually only midvein visible, oil glands visible

with lens; petioles ca 1 mm long. Inflorescence a many-flowered, open to dense, upper-

axillary or terminal spike; flowers solitary within each bract; rachis puberulous, growing

out at anthesis; bracts linear to ovate, ca 2 mm long, caducous; bracteoles ovate,

caducous. Calyx tube cup-shaped, 1.5-2 mm long, glabrous; lobes triangular to ovate

with narrow thin margin, ca 1 mm long, glabrous. Petals white, broadly elliptical with

a short narrow claw, 2-3 mm long. Stamens white, glabrous; claw 6-12 mm long;

filaments 30-60 attached to margins and upper surface for most of the length of each

claw; free part to 4 mm long. Style 3-4 mm long, glabrous; stigma capitate. Ovary 1.5-2

mm long, pubescent above. Fruit cup-shaped, 2-3 mm long and wide, orifice 1.5—2.5

mm diam., calyx lobes usually fallen by maturity; in an open spike.

Along coast and adjacent ranges from Darling Downs, Queensland to Hunter River,

New South Wales.

Selected specimens. Queensland. DARLING DOWNS DISTRICT: Messines via Cottonvale, Nov 1930, Greener (BRI);

Pi keer Jan 1933, Blake 4599 (BRI). New South Wales. O.B.X. Ck, Dalmorton to Grafton, Oct 1952, Constable

(BRI, NSW). :

This species is closely related to AZ. /inariifolia but differs in its irregular leaf

arrangement, shorter style and the bracts falling earlier. 4. alternifolia has narrower

leaves than M. Jinariifolia when populations of the two occur in the same area. It is a

valuable oil producing species.

51. Melaleuca decora (Salisb.) J. Britten, J. Bot 54: 62 (1916); Blake Cont. Qd Herb. |:

67 (1968). Based on Metrosideros decora Salisb., Prod. 352 (1796). Type: New

South Wales, near Port Jackson, David Burton (LINN, n.yv.).

Synonyms: see Blake (/oc. cit.).

Shrub or tree to 12 m high. Bark layered, papery and fibrous. Branchiets pubescent with

short crisped hairs, glabrescent. Leaves scattered, flat or concave above, linear, oblong

ornarrowly elliptical, acute, cuneate or narrowly attenuate at base, 15-16 mm long, 1-2

mm wide, shortly pubescent, glabrescent early, 3-veined usually obscure; o11 glands

usually obscure; petioles to 1 mm long, glabrescent. Inflorescence a many-flowered, open,

upper-axillary or terminal spike (sometimes leafy so flowers appear axillary); flowers

single within each bract to triads; rachis shortly pubescent, growing out before anthesis:

266

bracts leaf-like or ovate-acute to 5 mm long, deciduous; bracteoles rarely present, minute.

Calyx tube campanulate to urceolate or subcylindrical, 1.5-2.2 mm long, glabrous or

puberulous, sometimes with ciliolate margins. Petals white, broadly ovate-elliptical with

a long claw, 2-2.5 mm long, often reflexed. Stamens white, glabrous; claw 2-3.5 mm

long; filaments 20-40 attached to margin and sometimes upper surface of each claw,

free part to 3.5 mm long. Style 6-7 mm long, thinly pubescent; stigma small.Ovary 1-1.5

mm long, pubescent above. Fruitcup-shaped or truncate-ellipsoid, 2-3 mm long and

wide, orifice 1-2.5 mm diam.; calyx lobes deciduous; in open spikes.

Coast and adjacent ranges from Burnett River, Queensland to Shoalhaven River, New

South Wales.

Selected specimens. Queensland. BURNETT DISTRICT: 11 miles [18 km] from Cracow on Eidsvold Rd, Jui 1966,

Everist & McDonald 4 (BRI). DARLING Downs District: R. 16, Malcolm, N of Chinchilla, in 1958, Cameron

59/156 (BRI). MorETON District: Salisbury, near Brisbane, Nov 1930, White 7175 (BRI). New South Wales.

Chullora, Nov 1952, King (BRD.

52. Melaleuca linophylla F. Muell., Fragm. 3: 115 (1862); Benth., Fl. Austr. 3: 145

(1867); Carrick & Chorney, J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 1(5): 291 (1979). Type: NW

Australia, in 1861, F. Gregory (MEL).

Shrub to 4 m high. Bark layered, papery. Branchlets woolly, glabrescent. Leaves scattered,

flat, narrowly elliptical, tapered to long acute apex, narrowly cuneate at base, 10-35 mm

long, 1-3 mm wide, 3-veined, usually only midvein visible, woolly, soon glabrescent,

oil glands visible with lens. Inflorescence a many-flowered very dense upper axillary or

-terminal spike; flowers solitary within each bract; rachis villous, growing out before

anthesis; bracts linear, caducous (very early); bracteoles absent. Calyx tube turbinate to

subcylindrical, ca 1 mm long, thinly pubescent; lobes triangular, ca 0.5 mm long, glabrous,

without hyaline margin. Petals white to yellow, broadly elliptical with long narrow claw,

1.5 mm long. Stamens white to yellow, glabrous; claw 1-3 mm long; filaments 8-15

attached to margin and upper surface of each claw, free part to 1.5 mm long. Style to

2 mm long, glabrous; stigma capitate. Ovary to 0.7 mm long; pubescent above. Fruit

campanulate or subcylindrical, to 2 mm long and wide, orifice 1.5 mm diam., calyx

lobes semipersistent; 1n a dense spike.

Western Australia: Pilbara area.

Selected specimens. Western Australia. Strelly, E of Port Hedland, Cleland (PERTH); 5.5 miles [9 km] N of

Bonnie Downs, Oct 1975, Demarz (PERTH); 21 km N of Marble ‘Bar, Aug 1965, Beauglehole (PERTH); NW

Australia, between Ashburton & de Gray Rivers, Clement (PERTH).

This species has been confused with M. dissitiflora 1n the past. Recent collections

have shown the species to be distinct and distinguishable by its very small flowers and

short style. Carrick & Chorney (/oc. cit.) considered Mueller’s description of the style as

1 line long (2 mm) an error.

53. Melaleuca diosmatifolia Dum.-Cours., Bot. Cult. ed. 2 5: 373 (1811). No type

nominated. |

M. erubescens Otto, Pl. Rar. Hort. Berol 37 in Nees, Hor,. Phys. Bero! (1820). /.

ericifolia var. erubescens (Otto) Benth., Fl. Austr. 3: 159 (1867). No type nominated.

M. fraseri Hooker, Bot. Mag. 60: t. 3210 (1833).

Shrub to 2 m high. Bark hard, rough. Leaves scattered, terete at least at base, sometimes

flattened towards apex, apiculate, narrowly attenuate at base, 5—11(-15} mm long, about

0.5 mm diam., glabrous, 3-veined, veins obscure; oil glands visible, often raised beiow;

petioles ca 0.5 mm long. Inflorescence a many-flowered, open to dense spike on axillary

branchlets; flowers single within each bract; rachis glabrous, growing out before anthesis;

bracts and bracteoles absent. Calyx tube cylindrical to campanulate, 2 mm long, glabrous:

lobes triangular to semicircular, herbaceous with thin margins, 0.5 mm long. Petals pink,

ovate, with or without short claw, to 2 mm long. Stamens pink, glabrous, claw 3.5-6

mm long; filaments 15-30 attached in two rows to margin of upper third of each claw,

free part to 4 mm long. Style 8-10 mm long; stigma small. Ovary to 1.5 mm long,

pubescent above. Fruit shortly cylindrical or barrel-shaped, 3 mm long and 4 mm wide,

orifice 2 mm diam., calyx lobes persistent becoming obscure; usually in dense spike.

267

From Darling Downs in Queensland to coast and ranges near Sydney and western slopes

south to Temora in New South Wales.

Selected specimens. Queensland. DARLING Downs District: 5 miles [8 km] W of Kogan, Nov 1956, Bowles

(BRI). New South Wales. Barradine & Narrabri, Dec 1916, Burrows (BRI); Lane Cove R., Fletcher (BRI); Weddin

Min, 6 miles [10 km] SSW of Grenfell, Mar 1956, Constabie (BRI).

Melaleuca diosmatifolia was first described by Dumont de Courset in 1811 from

cultivated material and he gave a detailed description of habit, branchlets and leaves

comparing the species with M. armillaris and M. ericifolia. His description of the leaves

‘Feuilles cylindriques, eparses, vertes et glabres, longues 13 a 15 mullimetres, et larges

de trois quarts’ can only be applied to one taxon from eastern Australia although the

dimensions given are slightly larger than usually found in native populations. This name

eres that of M. erubescens Otto. Otto placed Dumont de Courset’s name in synonomy

in 1820.

Bentham placed this taxon under M. ericifolia Smith as a variety, but de Candolle

and Cheel recognised it as a separate species under the name MM. erubescens and placed

M. diosmatifolia in synonomy, misspelling it ‘diosmifolia’.

The species differs from M. ericifolia in having terete or slightly flattened leaves

with large oil glands, no bracts, pink flowers with more stamens and longer claws but

shorter free part of the filaments.

If only eastern Australian species are considered M. fraseri can only be placed

here. The description given is within the range of variation of the species. The illustration

of the staminal bundle and flower are typical of the species but the general habit indicates

wider leaves. This may be due either to the plants being cultivated in very much different

situations to its natural environment or to artistic license.

54. Melaleuca parvistaminea Byrnes, Austrobaileya 1: 75 (1984). Type: Victoria: beside

Goulburn River, 4 miles [6 km] NW of Yea, Oct 1964, Muir 3549 (MEL, holo;

AD, iso).

Shrub or small tree to 4 m high. Bark layered, rough. Branchlets glabrous. Leaves

scattered or ternate, linear, shallowly concave above, acute to obtuse, narrowly attenuate

at base, 4-11 mm long, ca 1 mm wide, glabrous, 3-veined, veins obscure, oil glands few

but often visible; petioles to 1 mm long. Inflorescence a many-flowered, dense, axillary,

terminal or subterminal spike; flowers single within each bract; rachis ovate to leaf-like

at apex of spike, caducous; bracteoles absent. Calyx tube campanulate, 1-1.5 mm long,

glabrous; lobes triangular, ca 0.5 mm long, glabrous. Petals pink at first, fading, circular

or broadly ovate, with or without short claw, to 1.5 mm long. Stamens white or yellow,

glabrous; claw to 0.5 mm long; filaments 4-7 attached to margin of each claw, free part

to 3 mm long. Style 5-6 mm long; stigma small. Ovary ca | mm long, pubescent above.

Fruit campanulate to cylindrcal, ca 3 mm long and wide, orifice to 2 mm diam., calyx

lobes persistent becoming obscure; in a dense spike.

South-eastern Australia from Shoalhaven River, New South Wales to central Victoria.

Specimens examined. Victoria. Tinamba-—Glenmaggie Rd, Oct 1973, Willis (MEL); Mitchells Ck at road crossing

near Mitchellstown, Jun 1963, Aston (MEL) Hong Huggets Rd, (37°48’S, 146°51’E), Jun 1978, Gullan 357 &

Turner (MEL); S side of Glenmaggie Weir, + 5 km N of Heyfield, Beauglehole 43360, Willis & Chesterfield

(MEL); + 20 km WNW of Seymour P.O., Aug 1975, Beauglehole 50111 (MEL).New South Wales. between

Bungonia & Marulan, Nov 1966, Pullen 4176 (BRI); Shoalhaven R., Tolwagn, Jan1956, Constable (BRI);

Wallargaraugh R., Princess Hwy, Aug 1970, Beauglehole 33674 (MEL).

This species differs from M. ericifolia in having harder more fibrous bark, narrower

and usually longer inflorescences and usually only 3 or 5 filaments attached to each

claw. The oil glands are easily seen with a hand-lens as tubercles or black spots on dried

material. Willis (1972) noted this as a possibly underscribed taxon though he considered

it may have been M. ternifolia F. Muell. ex Miq. M. ternifolia is a narrow-leaved form

of M. ericifolia.

55. M. pustulata J.D. Hook.,Lond. J. Bot. 6: 476 (1847); Curtis & Stone, Endem. FI.

Tas. 6: 430 (1978). Type: Tasmania: Campbelltown & Oyster Bay, R.C. Gunn

1069 (NSW. iso).

Shrub to 5 m high. Bark (not seen). Branchlets shortly villous. Leaves scattered, flat or

concave above, narrowly ovate to narrowly obovate, obtuse, attenuate at base, 4-10 mm

268

long, 1-1.6 mm wide, sparsely villous, soon glabrescent, obscurely 3-veined, oil glands

large, commonly visible on lower surface; petioles ca 1.5 mm long, glabrous. Inflorescence

a few- to many-flowered, short terminal spike; flowers single within each bract; rachis

woolly, growing out after anthesis; bracts ovate-acuminate to nearly circular, 2-3 mm

long, margins ciliate; bracteoles absent. Calyx tube turbinate to cylindrical, ca 2 mm

long and wide, glabrous, pustulate; lobes semicircular, ca 0.5 mm long, with narrow

claw, ca 1 mm long. Stamens yellow, glabrous; claw 0.4-1 mm long; filaments 5-7

attached to the margin of each claw, free part to 7 mm long. Style 6~7 mm long, glabrous

(absent in male flowers); stigma capitate. Ovary ca 1 mm long, pubescent above. Fruit

cylindrical to ovoid, to 3 mm long and wide, orifice ca 2 mm diam., calyx lobes absent;

few in open spike.

Tasmania, endemic in central eastern coastal areas.

Specimens examined. Tasmania. East Coast Highway, 7.2 km N of Cranbrook, Oct 1978, Gray 297 (HO); Bluemans

Ck, 2 km from Calvert Ck [3 km from Tasman Highway}, Sep 1980, A¢osca/l 449 (HO); East Coast, Gunn’s

Herbarium 1069 & Reids R., Stuart 405 (NSW); ex Archer Herbarium (NSW).

56. Melaleuca ericifolia Smith, Trans, Linn. Soc. Lond. 3: 276 (1797); illustrated Smith

& Sowerby, Exot. Bot. 1: 64 (1804); Benth., Fl. Austr. 3: 159 (1867). Type: LINN

nv.

M. gunniana Schauer in Waipers, Rep. 2: 928 (1843). Type: Tasmania: Nile River,

Stuart (MEL, iso).

M. gunniana var. capitata F. Muell. ex Miq., Neder. Kruidk. Arch.4: 120(1856).

Type: van Diemensland, Stuart (MEL, 1so).

M. heliophila F. Muell. ex Mig., Neder, Kruidk. Arch. 4: 120 (1856). Type: Victoria,

prope Yarra, F. Mueller (MEL, iso).

M. ternifolia F. Muell. ex Mig., Neder. Kruidk. Arch. 4: 123 (1856). Type: Argyle

country NSW, F. Mueller (MEL, iso).

Shrub or small tree to 8 m high. Bark layered, corky. Branchlets glabrous. Leaves

scattered, or sometimes ternate or few opposite pairs, linear, shallowly concave above,

acute, sometimes apiculate, narrowly attenuate at base, 7-15 (-18) mm long, ca 1 mm

wide, glabrous, 1-3-veined, obscure, oil glands mostly obscure; petioles to 1 mm long.

Inflorescence a dense, rarely open, terminal spike; flowers single within each bract; rachis

shortly tomentose, growing out about anthesis; bracts ovate, to 1 mm long, deciduous;

bracteoles absent. Calyx tube turbinate to campanulate, ca 1 mm long, glabrous; lobes

ovate, to 0.8 mm long, herbaceous with narrow margin, glabrous. Petals white, circular

with short claw, ca 1 mm long. Stamens white, glabrous; claw to 2 mm long; filaments

7-13 attached to margin near apex of each claw, free part to 6 mm long. Style to 8 mm

long, glabrous (absent in male flowers); stigma capitate. Ovary ca 0.8 mm long,pubescent

above. Fruit campanulate to cylindrical, 2.5-4 mm long and wide, orifice 1.5-3 mm

diam., calyx lobes persistent, becoming obscure with age; usually in dense spike.

South-eastern Australia from Hastings River, N.S.W. to central Victoria and south to

Tasmania.

Selected specimens. New South Wales. Chullora, Sep 1952, King (BRI), Victoria: 2 miles [3 km] S of Lang Lang,

Oct 1959, Aston 389 (BRI); Phillip Island, Oct 1971, Phillips 140 (BRI). Tasmania: Georges Bay, near Launceston,

Simson 13 (BRD).

57. Melaleuca squamea Labill., Nov. Holl. Pl. Spec. 2: 28, t. 168(1806); Benth., Fl. Austr.

3: 155(1867); Carrick & Chorney, J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 1(5): 309 (1979). Type:

Tasmania: “in capite Van-Diemen’’, Labillardiere (MEL, iso).

M. ottonis Otto & Dietr., Allg. Gartenz. 3: 167 (1835). Type: Cult. Berlin Bot. Gard.

(MEL, iso).

M. squamea var. glabra Cheel, J. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. 58: 193 (1924). Type: about 15

syntypes (all NSW), no lectotype has been chosen.

Shrub to 3 m high, rarely to 6 m high. Bark corky. Branchlets villous, glabrescent. Leaves

scattered, flat or concave above, often incurved towards apex, acute or acuminate, cuneate

or narrowly attenuated at base, 4-10 mm long, 1-3 mm wide, usually villous, sometimes

nearly glabrous, 3- sometimes 5-veined, visible with lens, o11 glands usually obscure;

269

petioles to 1.5 mm long. Inflorescence a few-flowered terminal head or short spike;

flowers single within each bract; rachis villous, growing out after anthesis; bracts broadly

ovate, apiculate, to 5 mm long, sometimes with 3-5 distinct veins, glabrous or villous

towards apex, usually persistent to anthesis; bracteoles absent. Calyx tube turbinate to

campanulate, sometimes angular, 2-3 mm long, glabrous to thinly villous, glabrescent;

lobes semicircular to triangular with narrow margins, 0.1-1 mm long, glabrous to

puberulous. Petals pink-purple, rarely nearly circular with a short claw, 2-3 mm long.

Stamens purple, pink or rarely white, glabrous; claw 0.5-l1 mm long; filaments 4-9

attached to margin of each claw, free part to 6 mm long. Style 4-10 mm long (absent

in male flowers); stigma small to capitate. Ovary ca 1.5 mm long, pubescent above.

Fruit urceolate to ovoid, 5-7 mm long and wide, orifice 2-4 mm diam., calyx lobes

absent, rim undulate; in dense clusters or few.

South-eastern Australia from northern coastal New South Wales to eastern South Australia

and Tasmania.

Selected specimens. New South Wales. ca 3 miles [5 km] N of Evans Head on Broadwater Rd, Sep 1973, Coveny

5107 (NSW, BRI); Botany, Aug 1895, Baker (BRI). Victoria. near Mt Rosea, Nov 1920, Audas (BRI). Tasmania.

Mt Field National Park, Feb 1932, White 8270 (white-flowered form) (BRI).

_ There is a continuous range of variation within this species from almost glabrous

to villous, and M. squamea var. glabra, described as being ’almost glabrous’, cannot be

maintained.

58. Melaleuca capitata Cheel, Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. 58: 194 (1924), Type: New South

Wales: Jervis Bay, Dec 1916, Cambage 4258 (NSW, lectotype-chosen here).

Shrub to 2 m high. Bark rough, scaly. Branchlets thinly villous, glabrescent. Leaves

scattered, flat or concave above, linear, acute, often apiculate, cuneate at base, 10-25

mm long, 1-3 mm wide, villous, glabrescent, 3-veined, usually only midvein visible, oil

glands obscure; petioles 1.5-3 mm long, thinly pubescent above. Inflorescence a few-

flowered, dense, terminal head or short spike; flowers single within each bract; rachis

villous, growing out after anthesis; bracts obovate acuminate to 5 mm long, villous;

bracteoles absent or very small. Calyx tube turbinate to campanulate, 2.5-3.5 mm long,

villous; lobes triangular, 1-2 mm long, villous, without hyaline margins. Petals white,

rhomboidal to nearly circular with claw, 2.5-3.5 mm long. Stamens pale yellow, glabrous;

claw 1-2 mm long; filaments 14-22 attached to margin near apex of each claw, free part

to 8 mm long. Style 10-12 mm long, glabrous; stigma small. Ovary 1.5-2 mm long,

pubescent above. Fruit nearly globose, ovoid or urceolate, 5—~6 mm long, 4~7 mm wide,

orifice 2-3 mm diam., calyx lobes deciduous; in short spikes or heads or few together.

South-eastern Australia, catchment areas of Shoalhaven and Clyde Rivers, New South

Wales.

Selected specimens. New South Wales. Jervis, Jul 1899, Afaiden (NSW), Nowra to Nerriga, Feb 1910, Boorman

(NSW); Nowra Rd., ca 3 miles [5 km] NE of Nerriga, Nov 1965, Adams 1519 (BRI, CANB); Eastern. scarp,

Budawong Ra., Nov 1979, Byrnes 3941 (BRI). |

Of the syntypes, the specimen from Jervis Bay collected by R.H. Cambage on 25

Dec, 1916 and held at NSW is representative of the species, matches the description

and here is nominated as the lectotype.

59. Melaleuca dissitiflora F. Muell., Fragm. 3: 153 (1863); Benth., Fl. Austr. 3: 144

(1867); Carrick & Chorney, J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 1290 (1979). Type: Northern

Territory: “Inter flumen Bonney et montem Morphett”, J. Macd. Stuart (MEL).

Shrub to 3 m high. Bark layered, papery. Branchlets glabrous or puberulous, soon

glabrescent. Leaves scattered, flat, linear-elliptical or linear-obovate, apiculate, narrowly

cuneate at base, 10-40 mm long, 1-2 mm wide, puberulous, glabrescent early, 3-veined,

veins usually obscure, oil glands usually obscure; petioles to 2 mm long, poorly defined.

Inflorescence a many-flowered, open or dense, terminal or upper-axillary spike; flowers

solitary within each bract; rachis glabrous, growing out before anthesis; bracts linear-

ovate, to 8 mm long, glabrous, caducous; bracteoles triangular, caducous (rarely seen).

Calyx tube urceolate or cylindrical, 2-3 mm long, glabrous; lobes triangular to 1 mm

long, glabrous. Petals white or partly pink, broadly ovate with short narrow claw, 1-3

mm long. Stamens white, glabrous; claw 3-4 mm long; filaments 15-30 attached to

margin and inner surface of each claw; free part to 4 mm long. Style 4-6 mm long,

210

glabrous; stigma peltate. Ovary 1-2 mm long, pubescent above. Fruit urceolate, 3-4 mm

long and wide, orifice 1-2 mm diam., calyx lobes semipersistent, in an open or dense

spike.

Central Australia in drier areas of Northern Territory, western Queensland and central

and northern South Australia.

Selected specimens, Northern Territory. Crown Ck, 5 miles [8 km] W of Conniston H.S., May 1956, valerie

(BRI); Harts Ra., 6 miles [10 km] S of Police Station, Jul 1957, Chippendale (BRI); 30 miles [48 km] W of

Elkedra H.S., Mar 1957, Forde 744 (BRI). Queensland. BURKE DistRIcT: Lake Moondarra, ca 5 km N of Dam,

Jul 1974, Ollerenshaw 1211 (BRI).

60. Melaleuca lanceolata Otto, Pl. Rar. Hort. Berol. in Nees Hor. Phys. Berol 36 (1820);

Blake, Cont. Qd Herb. 1: 61 (1968); Carrick & Chorney, J. Adelaide Bot. Gard.,

1(5): 295 (1979). Type: from plant cultivated in Berlin Botanic Gardens (G-DC,

n.v.).

Synonyms: See Blake (/oc. cit.).

Shrub or small tree to 10 m high. Bark black, rough, fissured. Branchlets pubescent,

glabrescent. Leaves scattered, concave above or flat, linear-oblong to linear-ovate, acute,

narrowly attenuateat base,S-15 mm long, 1-3 mm wide, pubescent at first, soon gla-

brescent, 3-veined, veins usually obscure, oil glands obscure; petioles ca 1 mm long,

usually pubescent above. Inflorescence a many-flowered, usually open, leafy, terminal-

spike; flowers usually in triads; rachis pubescent, growing out before anthesis; bracts

usually leaf-like; bracteoles present or absent, variously shaped. Calyx tube turbinate to

subcylindrical, sometimes urceolate, 2~3 mm long, glabrous or sometimes puberulous

towards base; lobes triangular, ca 1 mm long, without distinct margins. Petals white,

ovate with short narrow claw, 1.5-2.5 mm long. Stamens white, glabrous; claw 1-1.5

mm long; filaments 8-14 attached to margin of each claw, free part 4-5 mm long. Style

5-7 mm long, glabrous, absent in male flowers; stigma small to capitate. Ovary 1-2 mm

long, pubescent above. Fruit ovoid to urceolate, 4-5 mm long and wide, orifice ca |

mm diam., calyx lobes semipersistent; 1n an open spike.

Southern Australia from Darling Downs, Queensland to south-western Western Australia.

Selected specimens. Queensland. DARLING Downs District: Rocky Ck, near Millmerran, Jan 1958, Roff (BR);

Meandarra Rd, Feb 1975, Williams 75001 (BRI). New South Wales. near Wyalong, Feb 1963, Gauba (BRI);

Woolcunda Stn, 65 miles [104 km] S of Broken Hill, Jul 1955, Constable (BRI).

61. Melaleuca howeana Cheel, Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. 58: 192 (1924). Type: New South

Wales. Lord Howe Island, in 1898, FE. King & J. Maiden (NSW).

Shrub to | m high. Bark layered and hard. Branchlets glabrous. Leaves scattered, linear-

oblong, flat, obtuse, attenuate at base, 4-8 mm long, 1-1.5 mm wide (juvenile leaves

ovate to 15 mm long, and 5 mm wide), glabrous, 1—3-veined, veins obscure, oil glands

obscure. Inflorescence usually a few-flowered, open terminal spike: flowers single within

each bratt; rachis tomentose, growing out after anthesis; bracts variously shaped, to 3

mm long: bracteoles broadly ovate, to 1 mm long. Calyx tube cylindrical to campanulate,

2-2.5 mm long, glabrous; lobes triangular to ovate with narrow ciliate margins, to |

mm long, glabrous. Petals white, nearly circular, truncate or with short claw, 1-2 mm

long. Stamens white, glabrous; claw ca 1 mm long: filaments 8-10 attached to margin

of each claw, free part to 5 mm long. Style 5-6 mm long, glabrous; stigma small. Ovary

ca 1.5 mm long, pubescent above. Fruit cylindrical to campanulate, to 5 mm long, 3-4

mm wide, orifice 2-2.5 mm diam., calyx lobes persistent; in an open spike.

Eastern Australia: Lord Howe Island.

Selected specimens, Lord Howe Island, Oct 1963, Hoogland 2624 (NSW, BRI) & May 1920, Boorman (NSW).

References

BAILEY, F.M. (1883). A Synopsis of the Queensland Flora. Brisbane: Government Printer.

BLAKE, S.T. (1968). A revision of Melaleuca leucadendron and its allies (Myrtaceae). Contributions from the

Queensland Herbarium No. 1. 114 pp.

WILLIS, J.H. (4972). A Handbook to Plants in Victoria. Melbourne: Melbourne University Press.

27\

P &

Maps 32. Melaleuca nervosa. 33. M. dealbata. 34. M. stenostachya. 35. M. sericea. 36. M. cajuputi. 37, M.

argentea. 38, M. leucadendra. 39. M. viridiflora. 40. M. bracteata. 41. M. styphelioides.

272

i - 6

iv vi

Maps 42. Melaleuca viminalis. 43. M. arcana. 44. M. saligna. 45. M. groveana. 46. M. deanet. 47. M. siebert.

48. M. kunzeoides. 49. M. armillaris. 50. M. alternifolia. 51. MM. decora.

2/3

52 A.

é f

54 — | |

BG osu, fad

58 =>

tat

61 os Wd

G6 &

Mays 52. Melaleuca linophylla. 53. M. pit Alte! ed $4. M. parvistaminea. 55. M. pustulata. 56. M. ericifolia.

57. M. squamea. 58. M. capitata. 59. M. dissitiflora. 60. M. lanceolata. 61. M. howeana.

274

Austrobaileya 2 (3): 274-276 (1986)

COMBRETUM TRIFOLIATUM VENT. (COMBRETACEAE)

A NEW RECORD FOR AUSTRALIA

J.R, Clarkson

Botany Branch, Department of Primary Industries, Mareeba, Qld 4880

and B.P.M. Hyland

CSIRO, Division of Plant Industry, Atherton, Qid 4883

Summary

The genus Combretum Loefl. (Combretaceae) is recorded for the first time from Australia with the discovery of

C. trifoliatum Vent. in northern Cape York Peninsula. The species is described and figured from Australian

material. A key to the Australian genera of Combretaceae Is given.

Combretum Loefl. is a genus of about 250 species which 1s widespread throughout

the tropics of both the Old and New World being most abundant in Africa (Exell 1954).

This is the first record of the genus from Australia. The species was discovered

independently by both authors in the course of plant collecting on Cape York Peninsula.

The description and illustration presented here are based solely on Australian

material. According to Exell (1954) the flowers shrink considerably on drying. Although

fluid preserved material was available for study only dried flowers were used for

measurements given in the description to allow for valid comparison with previous

published descriptions.

Combretum trifoliatum Vent., Choix Pl. t. 58 (1808)

Vigorous woody climber to 15 m tall. Mature stems to 3 cm diam., with a flaky bark.

Young stems twining in an anticlockwise direction (externe vis.), densely pubescent with

brown, simple hairs 0.1-0.2 mm long and scattered, white, simple hairs 0.4-0.5 mm

long. Leaves opposite or in whorls of 3 (or 4), simple, exstipulate: petiole (3-) 5-7 (-9)

mm long, densely pubescent with short, brown, simple hairs; leafblade ovate to elliptic,

(7-) 9-13 (~15) cm long, (3.5—) 4.5-6 bad; 5) cm wide, chartaceous, somewhat discolorous,

sparsely pubescent beneath when young, glabrescent except for domatia on lower surface

and occasional short, brown, simple hairs along the mid-vein on both upper and lower

surfaces; base obtuse; margin entire; apex acute to obtuse; venation reticulate, unicostate,

camp todromous; mid-vein impressed above, raised beneath; primary lateral veins 6—8

pairs, plain above, slightly raised beneath. Inflorescence terminal and axillary, an open

panicle of spikes or occasionally a simple spike; spikes (2-) 3-5 cm long, on peduncles

(0.5-) 1-1.5 (-2) cm long, 25-50-flowered; bracts linear, 2-2.5 mm long, 0.2-0.3 mm

wide, sericeous, caducous. Flowers regular, 5-merous, bisexual, protogynous, white to

cream; calyx tube clearly divided into a lower part surrounding and adnate to the Ovary

1.5-2 mm long and an upper cupuliform part 0.75-1.1 mm deep X 2.4-2.6 mm wide,

densely sericeous on both inner and outer surfaces; calyx lobes 5, narrowly triangular,

0.9-1.2 mm long, sericeous; petals 5, inserted in a single series at the mouth of the

receptacle, lanceolate, 1-1.2 mm long, 0.3-0.4 mm wide, sericeous; stamens 10, exserted,

erect and spreading at anthesis, adnate to wall of receptacle, inserted in 2 series, those

opposite sepals at base adjacent to disc, those opposite petals higher about mid way

between disc and orifice; filaments filiform, 3.5-4.5 mm long, glabrous, anthers oblong,

0.3 mm long, 2-celled, medifixed, versatile, opening by longitudinal slits; disc prominent,

irregularly lobed, densely barbate; ovary inferior, unilocular, with 2 pendulous anatropous

ovules; style terminal, 3.5-5 mm long, glabrous or with a few long, straight hairs on the

lower two-thirds; stigma terminal, ca 1 mm diameter. Fruit sessile, oblanceolate to

narrowly elliptic in outline, star-shaped in cross section, (3-) 3.5-4 mm long, 1-1.2 cm

wide, with 5 rigid wings, indehiscent; pericarp coriaceous, shiny dark brown, glabrous.

Fig. 1.

rT5

“Wi wl fy

= ‘Eo wed

a ya

ene Sane ete ee ee

ree

Ritetttiiemene tetitiate rene rs een eee eit tie rime

CPPS VEY PB pea BoP Be ea Dane ny PET

flower (hairs not shown) X 4. D. mature fruit X |. E. cross section of mature fruit X 1. A-C from Clarkson 4989,

Fig. 1. Combretum trifoliatum: A. flowering branch X 1/2.-B. flower (hairs not shown) X 4. C. partly dissected

E & F from Clarkson 5650.

Pee Teer re

SD Te SEP

216

Distribution: Within Australia the species is known only from the Wenlock River, north-

east of Weipa, where it is a common vine on the margins of closed forest along the

river banks. Exell (1954) shows the extra-Australian distribution extending from Burma

rota through Southeast Asia to Malaysia and east through Indonesia to Papua New

uinea.

Specimens examined: Irian Jaya: Bernhard Camp, Idenburg R., Apr 1939, Brass 13786 (BR; Bernhard Camp,

Idenburg R., Apr 1939, Brass 14043 (BRD; Merau R., N of the mouth of the Wanggoe R., Aug 1954, van Royen

4680 (BRI). Papua New Guinea: Yellow R., near Sepik R., Oct 1949, Womersley NGF 3893 (BRI); Lake Daviumbu,

Middle Fly R., Sep 1936, Brass 7709 (BRI); Balamuk, near Bensbach, Sep 1979, Painup s.n. [QRS 069719}.

Australia: Queensland. Cook DistTrIcT: Wenlock R., Stone Crossing (12°23’S, 142°10’E), Oct 1980, Hyland 10689

(ORS), 10755 (QRS),21086V (QRS), Aug 1983, Clarkson 4989 (BRI, CANB, DNA, K, L, MO, NSW, PERTH,

ORS, SAR); S bank of Wenlock R. at Stone Crossing on Weipa to Bertihaugh rd, Nov 1984, Clarkson 5650 (BRI,

CANB, DNA, K, L, MO, NSW, PERTH, QRS, SAR); Wenlock River, upstream from islands (12°1S’S, 142°O1’E),

Feb 1985, Gunness AG1894 (BRI, ORS).

Combretum 1s readily distinguished from other Australian genera of Combretaceae

by its twining habit, the lack of bracteoles adnate to the receptacle and the free style.

Since the publication of Byrnes’s revision of the Australian Combretaceae (Byrnes 1977)

this is the second genus added to the family in Australia. The first was Dansiea which

was erected in 1981 for a large, rainforest tree from coastal north Queensland (Byrnes

1981). The following key distinguishes the five native Australian genera and one exotic

genus which has become naturalised in places.

Key to the Australian Genera of Combretaceae

{. Receptacle without adnate Bracteoles: ... 65 6a ck ey Ce ee eh He Ga ne ee te OS

Receptacle with two adnate bracteoles.... 2... 2... cee ee ee ee ee ee 4

2. Petals absent, flowers bisexual or staminate .................... Terminalia

Petals present, flowers bisexual

3. Style adnate to the receptacle for part of its isneth Dee ee ee as a .. Quisqualis*

Style free, not adnate to the receptacle .... Ce ee ea ey ys a. .. Combretum

As MOves: 228) oS ate oe es Ba. Sek ade ot fia git 2 ne aoe apie Gis led Bah, Gre alate pA zera

Ovules 6 of more . 5

5. Disc narrow, ccnilat ovules 6-12 .. .. ................ .. Macropteranthes

Disc bi-lobed, gland-like; ovules 14-20 ............ 0... ........ Dansiea

* Naturalised alien

Acknowledgements

We wish to thank Mr W. Smith of the Queensland Herbarium, Indooroopilly

who prepared the illustration, the Director of the Queensland Herbarium for the loan

of material and Mrs A. Gunness of Weipa who collected fruiting material at our request.

Technical assistance for flora Inventory studies on Cape York Peninsula by J. Clarkson

is supported by a grant from the Australian Biological Resources Study.

References

BYRNES, N.B. (1977), A revision of Combretaceae in Australia. Contributions from the Queensland Herbarium,

No. 20.

BYRNES, N.B. (1981). Addition to Combretaceae (Lagunclurieae) from Australia. Austrobaileya 1: 385-387.

EXELL, A.W. (1954). Combretaceae. Flora Afalesiana. Series I. 4(5): 533-589.

Lid

Austrobaileya 2(3): 277-280 (1986)

ACACIA EREMOPHILOIDES (MIMOSACEAE)

A NEW SPECIES FROM SOUTH-EASTERN QUEENSLANL

L. Pedley

Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068

and P.I. Forster

Botany Department, University of Queensland, St Lucia, Qld 4067

Summary

A new species of Acacia, A. eremophiloides is described and compared with A. rxedes Pedley. It has a restricted

distribution in the southern part of the Burnett District. Associated vegetation includes Newcastelia velutina Munir,

previously known only from the type collection. It and A. eremophiloides are Conservation Coded 2V in the system

of Leigh ef al. (1981).

During field collecting activities in the Mundubbera Shire, south-east Queensland,

a population of a distinctive Acacia allied to A. ixodes Pedley was discovered. It differs

from A. ixodes in having thicker, more resinous phyllodes with hyaline margins and

midribs and more elongate pods.

Acacia eremophiloides Pediey & P. Forster, sp. nov. affinis A. ixode Pedley phyllodiis

crassioribus elongatioribus hyalina costa margineque praeditis, leguminibus lon-

gioribus differt. Typus: Forster 1890A (BRI, holotypus; BRI, CANB, K, MEL,

MO, PERTH, isotyp1).

Frutex usque 2.5 m altus; ramuli tenues glabri resinosi juniores flavidi, vetusiores

brunnel; stipulae ca 0.5 mm longae, persistentes. Phyllodia leviter falcata linearia obtusa

latissima prope apicem mucronulata interdum gilande parva in dorsali latere mucronis,

resinosi ubi juvenes, glabra 4-6.5 cm longa, 2.5-3 mm lata, 15-25 plo longiora quam

lata, crassa, costa prominente elevata hyalina et margine hyalina, penninervia obscure

inter eas; glans perparva e basi 1-1.5 mm posita vel deest. Pulvinus 1-1.5 mm longus.

Capitula ca 20 flora in pedunculis glabris 8-10 mm longis in axillis singulatim binatimve

disposita. Flores 5-meri; calyx glaber resinosus non costatus, 0.8 mm long breviter

lobatus; corolla 2 mm longa lobata ad medium lobis costatis; stamina ca 3.5 mm longa;

ovarium glabrum. Legumen dehiscens cinnamomeum resinosum valvis convexis super

semina et marginibus nervatis, continens usque 11 semina, usque 8 cm longum, 3.5 mm

latum. Semina longitudinaliter disposita, 3.3 mm longa, 2 mm lata, 1.5 mm crassa;

funiculus albidus incrassatus et 2-3 plo plicatus faciens arillum cupularem basi; pleu-

rogramma tenuis distincta; areolus grandis apertus.

Shrub to 2.5 m; branchlets slender, glabrous, resinous, yellowish becoming brown; stipules

ca 0.5 mm long, persistent. Phyllodes slightly curved, linear, obtuse, widest near the tip,

mucronulate with sometimes a small gland on the dorsal side of the mucro, resinous

when young, glabrous, 4-6.5 cm long, 2.5~3 mm wide, 15-25 times as long as wide,

thick with a prominent raised hyaline midrib and hyaline margins, obscurely penninerved

between them; gland extremely small, 1-1.5 mm from the base or absent; pulvinus I[-1.5

mm long. Heads on peduncles 8-10 mm long, single or in pairs in the axils. Flowers 5-

merous; calyx glabrous, resinous, without ribs, 0.8 mm long with short lobes; corolla 2

mm long, lobed to the middle, the lobes with distinct midribs; stamens ca 3.5 mm long;

ovary glabrous. Pod dehiscent, clinnamon-brown, resinous, with valves convex over the

seeds and nervelike margins, with up to 11 seeds, to 8 cm long, 3.5 mm wide. Seeds

arranged longitudinally, 3.3 mm long, 2 mm wide, 1.5 mm thick; funicle whitish,

thickened and folded 2-3 times forming cupular aril at the base; pleurogram fine, distinct:

areole large, open. Figs 1 & 2.

BURNETT District: “Rocky” Paddock, “Manar’, 45 km SSE of Mundubbera, 151°21’E, 26°00’S [BOONDOOMA

9145-345321], 7 Sep 1984, Forster 1890A Cs} (TYPE: BRI, holo; BRI, CANB, K, MEL, MO, PERTH, iso), &

22 Nov 1984, Forster 1890B (frt) (BRI).

poses

Fig. 1. Plant of Acacia eremophiloides from which the type (Forster 1890A) was collected.

Fig. 2. Fruit and seea of Acacia eremophiloides (Forster 1890B).

279

Ecology: The species is apparently restricted to an area of some 4—5 hectares in a number

of discontinuous populations. It occurs between 460-550 m altitude, among rock ledges

and crevices where individuals may be quite common. Associated vegetation includes

Hibiscus splendens J. Fraser ex Graham, Hybanthus monopetalus (Roemer & Schultes)

Domin, Hoya australis R.Br. ex Traill, Leptospermum flavescens Smith, Hibbertia linearis

R.Br. ex DC., Psilotum nudum (L.)Beauyv., Trachymene sp. nov. (PIF 1948), and

Neweastelia velutina Munir.

Whereas the type plant (Fig. 1) was under | m in height, old individuals may

reach 2.5 m before dying. The habitat is generally free of fire due to its rocky nature.

Widespread flowering observed in September 1984 was followed by copious fruiting in

November (Fig. 2). Young seedlings were not particularly noticeable in 1984.

This species appeared to be absent from the adjoining open heathland—low eucalypt

open-forest dominated by Eucalyptus exserta F. Muell.,, Acacia tenuinervis Pedley, Tricdia

irritans R.Br. var. laxispicata N.T.Burb. form C, Astrotriche pterocarpa Benth., Schoenus

brevifolius R.Br. and Meialeuca sieberi Schauer. This community with less exposed rock

is subject to irregular wildfires and large fuel loads of the 7Triodia are often present.

Conservation Status: Suitable habitat at simular altitude to the known population of A.

eremophiloides has not been located within 30 km of the “Manar” site (Fig. 3). The site

is unusual insomuch that similar topography and with the associated vegetation types

has not been observed within other parts of the Burnett District. Sumilar vegetation

associations occur at the Blackdown Tableland, Leichhardt District and 18-25 km west

of Westmar on the Moonie Highway, Darling Downs District. Due to its restricted

occurrence this species’ Conservation Coding may be listed as 2V (Leigh ef a/. 1981).

Seed collected in November germinated satisfactorily without pretreatment and seedlings

are relatively easy to Maintain in cultivation.

ba ag ¥ 4

181° 20 Gayndah ~

”

wet

pie AE ty, :

- Fall

SP al gad nhl ae sleet Fat nee ke al Ce ee | wee ee ;

A hem

Fig. 3. Distribution map showing disposition of pastoral properties listed, topography above 460 m shaded which

includes suitable habitat for 4. erernophiloides. * indicates type collection site.

280

Newcastelia velutina (Chloanthaceae), which previously was known only from the

type collection (Munir 1978), 1s closely associated with A. eremophiloides and is of

interest due to its own rarity and in the possible location of further populations of this

rare wattle. The type locality for N. velutina is not known with certainty, and suitable

habitat does not exist where various interpretations of the label data would place it. It

is possible that the original collection came from a chance individual washed down as

. seed to a site closer to the Gayndah-Durong road. Newcastelia velutina was apparently

‘overlooked by Leigh et al. (1981, 1984) in their compilations of extinct, rare and

endangered Australian plant life, but may be considered as being of similar Conservation

Coding (2V) as A. eremophiloides.

The general area comprising the pastoral properties of Benvenue, Blackdown,

Jondarby, Manar, Mimosa and Toondahra carries a number of vegetation communities

with several rare species represented. Major occurrences of Acacia grandifolia Pedley,

A. tenuinervis Pedley, A. sp. aff. A. penninervis Sieb. ex DC. (PIF 1745) and Aotus

subglauca Blakely & McKie var. filiformis Blakely & McKie are present.

Due to the rugged terrain, extensive agricultural development is unlikely. Continued

degradation of the communities, especially at lower altitudes, is likely due to timber

harvesting, timber clearing and indiscriminate burning. Conservation of what appears

to be unique vegetation communities 1s recommended.

Etymology: Alluding to the superficial similarity of small individuals to species of

Eremophila

References

LEIGH, L., BRIGGS, J. & HARTLEY, W. (1981). Rare or Threatened Australian Plants. Australian National

Parks & Wildlife Service. Special Publication No. 7.

LEIGH, L., BODEN, R. & BRIGGS, J. (1984). Extinct and Endangered Plants of Australia. Crows Nest:

Macmillan.

MUNIR, A. A. (1978). Taxonomic revision of Chloanthaceae tribe Physopsideae. Brunonia 1: 407-692.

281

Austrobaileya 2(3): 281-283 (1986)

STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN GRASSES: 3*

B.K. Simon

Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qid 4068

Summary

Aristida dominii sp. nov. fram northern Australia is diagnosed. 4. browniana Henrard and its synonyms are placed

in synonymy under A. holathera Domin and A. holathera var. latifolia is a new combination.

Soon after the submission of my paper describing new taxa of Aristida in Australia

(Simon 1984) it became apparent that another new species from northern Australia

needed circumscription. An examination of the type of A. Airta Domin revealed it to

be a specimen of A. superpendens Domin with immature lemmas and that most of the

material placed under the name A. Airta in Australian herbaria was an annual species

taxonomically distinct from the perennial A. superpendens. A new name is thus required

for this species. The distinctness of the type of A. Airta, when compared with the rest

of the material placed under this name, was referred to by Lazarides (1980) but he made

no taxonomic changes then.

Aristida dominii B. Simon sp. nov. affinis 4. superpendenti Domin sed annua, culmo

breviore, lemmate breviore (ad 7.5 mm longum), laminis setaceis, brevioribus

pilis ligulae differt. Typus: /.R. Clarkson 4801 Cholotypus BRI; isotyp1 AD, CANB,

DNA, K, MEL, MO, NSW, PERTH, QRS). Fig. 1.

Western Australia, FirzGERALD District: Karunhe Station, Mar i950, Rust 935 (CANB). Northern Territory.

DARWIN AND Gute: El Sharana, Feb 1973, Lazarides 7829 (BRI, CANB, NSW, PERTH), Katherine Experiment

Station, Feb 1947, H’va 97 (CANB); Cox River Station, Ful 1977, Latz 7262 (BRI, CANB, DNA, NT). Queensland.

Cook District: 37 km SSE of Aurukun, May 1982, Clarkson 4384 (BRI); Koyanyama, Feb §978, Aipha 524

(BRD; 7 km N of North Kennedy R., Apr 1983, Clarkson 4801 (AD, BRI, CANB, DNA, K, MEL, MO, NSW,

PERTH, ORS). Cairns, Jul 1938, Flecker 5006 (QRS) Chillagoe, Apr 1938, Blake 13628 (BRI, CANB, K, NSW);

Gilbert R., Feb 1925, Brass 431 CBRI, CANB), Mar 1927, Brass 1707 (BRD, Forest Home Station, Mar [93],

Brass 1849 (BRI, CANB), Burke District: Normanton, May 1935, Blaxe 8961 (AD, BRI, CANB, K, MO, NSW,

NT, PERTH, PRE), Mar 1944, Lazarides 4303 (AD, BRI, CANB, MEL, NSW, NT, PERTH); 5 km W of Plains

Creek Station, Apr 1974, Jacobs 1350 (NSW); Croydon, May 1935, Blake 9111 (BRI, CANB, K, MEL, NT), Aug

1936, Blake 12458 (BRI, CANB, NSW, PERTH, ORS).

A full description of the species was given by Lazarides (1980) under A. Arta.

Characters of A. dominii which distinguish it taxonomically from A. superpendens are

the slender annual culms which are generally shorter, the setaceous leaf blades, the

shorter lemma and a ligule with much shorter hairs. In my key to Aristida in Australia

(Simon 1984) A. dominii should be substituted for A. Airta in the first couplet of

dichotomy 8.

During a recent examination of the morphological attributes of Australian Aristida

species it was discovered that the material to which the name A. holathera Domin has

been applied was not distinct from A. browniana Henrard. In my opinion the latter

species has a broad curly-leaved variety and the narrow-leaved type variety, itself very

variable, within which A. Aolathera can easily be accomodated. The other differences

reported in the literature (indistinct vs. distinct lemma articulation, 3-nerved vs. |-

nerved lower glume and unequal vs. equal lemma awns) do not hold on closer scrutiny.

As A. holathera is the earlier name, however, it has to be taken up, resulting in the

following nomenclatural changes.

*Cantinued from Austrobaileya 2: 238 (1986).

(PPE nes sarah naneriert oppress

> 4 Ss .

aes

a oe pen et

wit 348. Clovknon Bot

wee a

‘Brdag, RAGE :

sede etna a eahe damnes se

«Te oi ral cine AS eta an Sa arene ean alas reins ° Apacs

Pay Fasten VARA Sh, Ware acorns, Woh b tesa eaeany Satan 8 oy Wiel F OAC eh hk oe . . pi fe

at ‘ St oe LT ae en Th hn : ay ; ~ oS Pee ee j ,

| phe

: Ca Son w @

endo

pes

Fig. 1. Holotype of Aristida dominii.

Hevelorment Hoad. = 2

. *

‘ , °

‘ .

. 5

staee Hat AN alpen ot /! .

ee ee, = =)

~ “em,

¥ - «~~, -

*, =

”

a”

- e

peer eke ‘

wT ated Sing

ey sag.

. *

aa en aroee th

283

Aristida holathera Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 85:340 (1915). Type: near Chillagoe, Feb 1910,

K. Domin, (holotype L (Herb. Lugd. Bat. 953 346 286 and 926 361 524); isotype

BRI (BRI 061558)).

A, Stipoides R.Br., Prodr. 174 (1810), non Lamark (1791). A. stipoides var. normalis

Domin, Bibhoth. Bot. 85: 337 (1915). A. browniana Henrard, Meded, Rijks Herb.

54; 63 (1926), synon. noy. Type: R. Brown [6197] (lectotype BM (selected here),

O1gOD) annotated by Robert Brown—Aristida stipoides, Carpentaria Island Nov

A. stipoides var. brachyathera Domin, Bibhioth. Bot. 85: 337 (1915). Type: K. Domin

(syntypes from Cloncurry and Pentland, n.y.).

A. muelleri Henrard, Meded. Riyks Herb. 54A: 358 (1927). Type: D. Molineut 8

(holotype L (Herb. Lugd. Bat. 926, 361-526) fragment BRI; isotypes, MEL (MEL

582062 and MEL 582063) fragment BRI.

Aristida holathera Domin var. latifolia (B. Sumon)B. Simon, comb. nov.

Aristida browniana Henrard var. latifolia B. Simon, Austrobaileya 2: 95 (1984),

synon. nov. Type: P.K. Latz 2811 (holotype BRI; isotypes CANB, DNA, NT).

As a result of these nomenclatural changes my key to Aristida in Australia Gimon

1984) should be amended to exclude couplet 9 and the names A. holathera var. holathera

and A. holathera var. latifolia should be substituted for A. browniana var. browniana

and A. browniana var. latifolia respectively in couplet 12.

Acknowledgements

I extend my thanks to the Australian Biological Resources Study for financial

support for work on Aristida, to the Directors of AD, BM, CANB, DNA, L, MEL, NSW,

NT and PERTH for the loan of herbarium material and to Mr H. Dillewaard for the

photograph of the holotype. |

References

LAZARIDES, M. (19860). Aristida L. (Poaceae, Aristideae) in Australia. Brunonia 3: 271-333.

ee dee New taxa of and nomenclatural changes in Aristida L. (Poaceae) in Australia. Austrobaileya

‘ oe | teat

284

Austrobaileya 2(3): 284-286 (1986)

NEW FERN RECORDS FOR AUSTRALIA

D.L. Jones

Currumbin Creek Road, Currumbin Valley, Qld 4221

and B. Gray

48 Loder Street, Atherton, Qid 4883

Summary

Three species and one yariety of fern, Ctenopteris repandula Kunz, Dicranepteris linearis var. altissima Helttum,

Gleichenia miinei Baker and Ophioglessum intermedium J.D. Hook. are recorded from Australia for the first time,

In addition Asplenium unilaterale Lam. is confirmed as occurring in Australia and the status of Opdtoglossum

lineare Schiecter & Brause as a distinct taxon is upheld.

This paper records new fern taxa which have been discovered in the course of

studies on the pteridophytes of tropical Australia.

ASPLENIACEAE

Asplenium unilaterale Lam. in Lam. & Potret, Encycl. 2: 305 (1786)

The first confirmed Australian specimens of A. unilaterale were collected on the

Atherton Tableland by Chinnock and Brownsey in October 1982. The species has been

included in the Australian flora (e.g. Andrews, mm press) but confirmatory specimens

have been lacking. Early records of the species by Maiden & Betche were based on

misidentified specimens collected by R.F. Waller in Evelyn Scrub near Herberton in

1908 (Andrews, in press).

A. unilaterale 1s widely distributed from tropical Africa to Asia, China, Japan,

Polynesia and New Guinea. Its collection in Australia was to be anticipated. In Australia

the species is so far know only from a single locality in a deep rainforest gully growing

in orange basalt clay loam and larva-ash just above a stream. The species can be

distinguished from other Australian species of Asp/enium by the pinnae being all nearly

equal in size and with the basiscopic margin of each reduced to a small wing.

ucensland. Cook District: Reserve 784, Parish of Bartle Frere, Topaz Rd, 17°24’S, 145°42’E, 700 m, Oct 1982,

hinnock 5737 & Brownsey (AD, BRD, 21 Sep, 1983, Gray 3244 (QRS) & Jones 1260 (BRD.

GLEICHENIACEAE

Gieichenia milnei Baker, Syn. Fil. 449 (1874)

Fertile specimens of this species were collected during the Australian Orchid

Foundation expedition to northern Cape York Peninsula in September 1983. Plants were

growing in shallow clay-loam in open forest close to riverine rainforest.

The material agrees well with descriptions in Flora Malesiana (Holttum 1959),

and Holttum has confirmed the identification (pers. comm.). The species is known from

the Celebes, Moluccas, Admiralty Islands, Soloman Islands, Vanuatu and New Guinea.

This is the first record from Australia. It belongs to the subgenus Mertensia and can be

distinguished from other Australian species of G/leichenia by the stipule-like dissected

leaflets present at the branchings of the main rachis.

Queensland, Coox District: banks of Hann Ck, 35 km E of Moreton Telegraph Station, 12°28’S, 142°5S°E, 100

m, Sep 1983, Jones 1198, Gray & Collins (BRI, ORS, K).

Dicranopteris linearis var. altissima Holttum, Reinwardtia 4: 276 (1957)

Among specimens of Dicranopteris linearis (N. Burman)Underw. var. /inearis at

the Queensland Herbarium, is a collection which ts referable to D. linearis var. altissima

Holttum. This widespread variety (Malay Peninsula, Philippines, Moluccas, Soloman

Islands and New Guinea) has not previously been recorded from Australia.

285

Plants have a tall climbing habit (to 6 m or more) with a pair of supra-axillary

accessory branches on all forks in the main rachis. Plants of this variety have been

recorded as occurring on forest margins at low altitudes.

sh amaaiae Cook District: ca 16 km NNW of Daintree, 16°03’S, L45°1VE, Nov 1967, Boyland 420 & Giltieait

(BRD.

Dicranopteris linearis is in need of further investigation in Australia. Holttum

(1959) records 13 varieties for Malesia. Three varieties have now been recorded in

Australia but considerable variation exists in var. /inearis particularly with respect to

pene tiga and persistence of hairs and the degree of glaucousness of the undersurface

of fronds,

Key to the varieties found in Australia

1. Accessory branches always present at ultimate forks, the branches set 3-6 mm above

the fork (high climbing fern to 6 m tall)... ....... ...... Var, altissima

Accessory branches usually absent from ultimate forks, if present then situated at or

just below the junction (ferns to 3 m tall) |

2. Hairs persistent on lower surfaces of veins .... var. subferruginea (Hieron,)Nakai

Hairs not present on lower surface of veins .................. var. linearis

GRAMMITIDACEAE

Ctenopteris repandula Kunz, Syst. Verz. 37 (1854)

Plants of this species have been collected on three occasions from highland areas

of the Atherton Tableland. In each case the plants were growing among moss on large,

sheltered boulders. Specimens were identified by Barbara Parris of Kew. ,

The species was described from material collected in Sri Lanka Gledge 1960) and

is relatively common in New Guinea (Parris pers. comm., Copeland 1952). This is the

first record from Australia. It can be distinguished from other Australian species by its

relatively large naked sori and the repand segments with hairy margins.

Queensland. Coox District: State Forest Reserve 194, Parish of Western, 17°18’S, 145°26’E, 1200 m, Aug 1981,

Jones 27 & Gray (BRI, ORS, K), July 1983, Jones 1170 & Gray (BRD; Sluice Ck, Portion 36, Parish of Ravenshoe,

17°33’S, 145°32’E, 1160 m, July 5983, Jones 1061, Gray & Lockyer CARI).

OPHIOGLOSSACEAE

Ophioglossum intermedium J.D. Hook., Ic. PL 10, t. 995 (1854)

Unidentified Ophioglossum specimens at the Darwin Herbarium (DNA) included

two sheets of O. intermedium. Field collections by the senior author have extended the

range to five more localities. These are the first records of this species from Australia.

It is also known from Central Sumatra, West Java, North and West Borneo and the

Philippines (Wieffering 1964).

O. intermedium its in the subgenus Ophioderma and is readily recognised by the

fertile part being attached peltately to the tropophyll, one third to one quarter from its

base. Also the common stalk gradually expands into the tropophyll so that the demarcation

between the two is not clear cut as it 1s in all other Australian terrestrial species of

Ophioglossum.

In Australia, 0. intermedium is restricted to northern parts of the Northern

Territory. It grows among roots in accumulations of leaf litter in dense rainforest. Its

occurrence in north-eastern Queensland is to be anticipated.

Northern Territory. DARWIN AND GULF District: Adelaide River, Daly River Rd, 13°30’S, 131°33’E, Jul 1982,

Rankin 2610 (DNA); Melville Is., Jump-up Jungle, 11°31’S, 130°22’E, Nov 1983, Dunlap 6548 (DNA); Feb 1984,

Jones 1310 (DNA); Melville Island, Hanguana Jungle, 11°32’S, 130°42’E, March 1984, Jones 1317 CDNA, BRD;

3 km SE of Jim Jim Falls, Arnhem Land, 12°19’S, 132°52’E, March 1984, Jenes 1515 CDNA); Melville Island,

10 km from 3 ways, Garden Point rd, 1(1°33’S, 190°43E, Dec 1984, Jones 1665 CDNA, BRD, Melville Island,

Imanawati, 11°33’S, {30°32’E, Dec 1984, Jones 1679 (DNA).

286

Ophioglossum lineare Schlecter & Brause, in Engl. Bot. Jarb. 49: 59 (1912)

This species has proved to be common in parts of Arnhem Land. It is a remarkable

simple fern and some authors have suggested that it may be a sporadic leafless devel-

opment of either O. gramineum Willd. or O. lusitanicum L. (Lee 1944, Andrews in

press). The species was described from New Ireland material and prior to the Northern

Territory collections, the only Australian material was a few specimens gathered from

near Ravenshoe, north Queensland in March 1943 (Lee 1944).

The local abundance of the species in parts of Arnhem Land enabled a compre-

hensive study to be carried out. The species is characterized by a tropophyll reduced to

a linear appendage 1-2 mm long. The colonies studied in Arnhem Land showed a

remarkable degree of uniformity and there is little doubt about the distinctiveness of

the taxon. Reduced forms of O. gramineum and O. lusitanicum occur sporadically in

other parts of Australia and the fertile specimens have a general similarity to O. lineare.

Both species can be distinguished from O. /ineare by the sterile plants which consist of

a normal, leaf-like tropophyll. By contrast sterile plants of O. /ineare consist of a slender

common stalk and the reduced linear tropophyll.

In Arnhem Land O. /ineare grows in seasonally inundated sand sheets between

sandstone outcrops. The Queensland collection, 1s recorded as growing in black loam

between grass tussocks.

Northern Territory. DARWIN AND GULF Districts: Katherine Gorge National Park, 14°20’S, 132°30’E Feb 1980,

Dunlop $229 (DNA), Lighning Dreaming, Arnhem Land, 12°55’S, 133°02’E, Feb 1984, Jones 1486 (DNA, BRI),

6 km S of Mt Gilruth, Arnhem Land, 13°10’S, 133°06’E, March 1984, Jones 1538 (DNA).

Acknowledgements

The authors wish to thank Dr B. S. Parris and Professor R. E. Holttum of Royal

Botanic Gardens, Kew, for identification of material and Gordon Guymer for assistance

with the manuscript. We also thank Barbara Jones for processing the manuscript. The

unstinting held and hospitality of Clyde Dunlop during Northern Territory field trips is

gratefully acknowledged by David Jones.

References

ANDREWS, S. B. (in press). Ferns of Queensland. Brisbane; Qld. Dept. Prim. Ind.

COPELAND, E. B. (1952). Grammitidaceae of New Guinea. Philippine Journal of Science 81: 81-119.

HOLTTUM, R. E, (1959). Gleicheniaceae in Flora Malesiana, series II, 1: 1-36.

LEE A. T. (1944). Abstracts of the Proceeding of the Linnean Society of New South Wales for | Sept 1944.

SLEDGE, W. A. (1960). The Polypodiaceae and Grammitidaceae of Ceylon. Bulletin of the British Museum

(Natural History) 2: 133-158.

WIEFFERING, J. H. (1964). A preliminary revision of the Indo-Pacific Series of Ophioglossum (Ophioglossaceae).

Blumea 12: 321-337.

28/

Austrobaileya 2(3):287-299 (1986)

STUDIES IN QUEENSLAND PANDANACEAE 1,

A NEW SPECIES AND HYBRID OF PANDANUS Lf.

Robert Tucker

C/- Anderson Park Botanic Gardens,

Wellington Street, Mundingburra, Townsville, Qld 4812

Summary

A species of Pandanus section Austrokeura, P. yaina R. Tucker and intersectional hybrid, P. X aullumiae R.

Tucker are described from Cape York Peninsula and their distribution, relationships, ecology and ethnobotany

discussed.

Australia has a rich assemblage of Pandanus and Cape York Peninsula, the large

landmass at the extreme north of Queensland is a main centre of diversity of the genus.

The species there and their relationships are poorly understood. The Pandanus of the

high rainfall region centred around Iron Range and Lockhart River Aboriginal Community

on north-eastern Cape York Peninsula were the subjects of a field study conducted by

me from July 1981 to July 1982.

Many of the species there were known from pistillate material only, the genus

being dioecious. Prime objectives were to collect staminate material, study the ontogeny,

phenology, ecology and relationships of the various species and to record whatever

ethnobotanical knowledge that remained amongst the people of the Aboriginal Community.

The people at Lockhart River represent two major dialectual groups and retain

much of their traditional culture, technologies and language. I soon discovered that there

was a wealth of ethnobotanical information to be gathered there. The people recognise

plant genera and have names for most plants and understand the properties and uses

of many. During the period I stayed there the Aboriginal Community conducted their —

traditional men’s initiation, a sort of male secret society aimed at guiding the youths

into manhood. I was invited to participate, an invitation I did not hesitate to accept

and was duly adopted by a family in the community, so as to have the relatives necessary

for the initiation process. The various relatives proved to be of great value, particularly

with advice on Pandanus locations, distributions, technologies and terms. One relative

from the “Ngachi-kincha’ (bora-law, = initiation process sate its s complex laws) 1s honoured

in the name of the new hybrid described herein.

Ongoing studies into the ontogeny of the Lockhart River endian are being

conducted with live material cultivated in the indigenous-species Pandanetum at Ander-

son Park Botanic Gardens in Townsville, to augment data recorded in the field. Such

data include that gained from the dissection of entire caulomeres (leaf-crowns) to better

understand the sequence of leaf modification within the growth cycles. Due to the rythmic

terminal flowering the leaves are reduced ta: become bracts on the inflorescence peduncle

with a new axillary shoot forming, firstly with prophylls, then leaves and finally flowering

again. The position of the leaves on the caulomere relative to the peduncle can greatly

influence leaf form and is a major consideration when studying herbarium material.

Staminate material was collected of all. species present - including one described

herein. Certain insect pollinators were collected and records and collections made of

numerous associated plants. The bulk of the material is at QRS with some duplicates

at BRI and KLU

Several important observations regarding Pandanus ontogeny and phenology were

made and will be discussed below, however one may be briefly dealt with here. Some

authors, particularly Stone (pers. comm). have noted that many species of Pandanus

display sexual dimorphism in the extent of branching. Male trees are often more richly

branched than females, the reason for this being unclear but a possible higher frequency

of flowering in maies (e. g. more opportunity to branch) is implied. From my observations

it seems that female and male trees generally flower synchronously only once annually

and that females are often carrying mature fruit when the next flowering begins. Possibly,

288

in terms of biomass production, the females cannot afford the rich vegetative growth of

the males which produce comparatively small and ephemeral flowers. It is also possible

that having fewer branches is advantageous for seed production; Pandanus has no ability

to enlarge the stem diameter with added branching, hence additional branches become

smaller and unable to support large fruits with a high carpel number. Richly branched

females may be able to produce many fruit but the reproductive potential would probably

be greatly reduced as carpel number per syncarp and seed size were reduced.

Pandanus generally are not closely comparable to other monocotyledonous trees

and present certain problems when their structures are studied. It is often difficult to

find suitable terms for some of their parts; however, an attempt has been made here to

use those which are now somewhat standardised. For convenience a few important terms

are listed as follows:

prop-root —-any above-ground primary root

pneumatophore -specialised secondary roots growing vertically from primary roots

above and below ground allowing gaseous exchange

stolon -any creeping and rooting axillary shoot being a means of vegetative

propagation

phalange -a group of united carpels within the syncarp

staminal phalange —a group of stamens united on a common filament

Pandanus yalna R. Tucker, sp. nov. affinis P. solms-laubachii Warb. a quo distinguitur

foliis latioribus nitidioribus, pericarpio eduli flavo et phalangibus apicalibus

instructus pluribus carpellis. Typus: Cook District: Tozer’s Gap, 22 Jan 1982,

Tucker 328 (pistillate) (holotypus QRS).

Trees erect, 10(-20) m high, much branched above, branches alternate or whorled. Trunk

to 8 m high, 40-100 cm basal diam., with few to many stolons, prop-roots few to

numerous, 100 cm X 3 cm, densely clothed with numerous erect, adventitious rootlets

at the base, those on the roots become functional pneumatophores up to 40 cm high.

Bark greyish-brown, leaf-scars indistinct. Branches semi-erect, ascending to 10 m, bark

greyish-brown, fissured, leaf-scars conspicous, each bearing an adventitious axillary shoot

to 4 mm diam. Leaves in the terminal rosettes semi-erect, arching from the base, bending

widway, on juveniles to 3 m X 10 cm, adults usually narrower and shorter to 2 m X

6-8 cm, linear, acuminate with a fine subulate apex, coriaceous, margins and abaxial

midrib dentate, upper surface semi-glossy mid-green, paler and semi-glaucous beneath

with a glossy brown area at the base. The base with a shallow, rounded keel, margins

entire for 13 cm from base, above which the prickles antrorse, 1-3 mm long, 1 cm apart,

white with a darker greenish-brown tip, the midrib beneath unarmed. At mid-section

the leaf has a shallow, usually asymmetric keel, the laminas + drooping towards the

margins where the antrorse prickles 1-2 mm long, 5-10 mm apart, the midrib beneath

with a few scattered prickles 1-3 mm long, 5-10 mm apart, all antrorse or rarely a few

retrorse. Towards the apex the leaf with a shallow keel, the margins ascending with

antrorse prickles 1 mm long, 1-4 mm apart, prickles on midrib below similar and

becoming smaller and closer towards the apex. Syncarp terminal, horizontal or rarely

semi-pendulous, pedunculate, bracteate, ovoid-spherical, subtrigonal, to 25 cm X 21 cm,

phalanges 110-127, multicarpellate. Peduncle to 20 cm x 25 mm, trigonous with + 9

bracts, the lowermost preen, foliaceous, to 127 cm long, the uppermost dry, variously

eroded, black or brown. Phalanges with 10-31 carpels, highest numbers usually near

apex, 55-60 mm X 15~50 mm, tapered towards the base, the apex + truncate, widest

point 10-15 mm from apex, the upper surfaces papillose, the lower surfaces + smooth,

the whole with numerous longitudinal, angular sulci extending from just below the carpel

apex to just above the base. Carpel apices conic-pyramidal, to 10 mm high, the peripheral

carpels with variously flattened apices. Stigmas vertical to oblique, linear to caudate,

dark brown to black. When ripe the upper part of phalange dark orange to brown, the

lower portion bright yellow to orange-yellow. Pericarp fibrous, the upper part vaulted,

the fibred embedded in a mass of spongy aerenchyma, the lower part succulent and

edible. Endocarp median, dark brown, bony. Seeds median, cylindrical with tapered

ends, 10-22 mm X 1.5- 2 mm, white, edible. Staminate inflorescence terminal, semi-

pendulous, often supported by the leaves, pedunculate, bracteate, to 100 cm long. Peduncle

10-16 cm X 15 mm, white, trigonous. Rachis to 52 cm long, with tristichous ranks of

24-30 bracts, each subtending a staminate branch, the lowermost bracts to 175 cm long,

289

4 7 L* .

; = |

bye ipod ee ston ys ">

& ANS Be, 2 '

iy A eS erak: ts

noe eer

Cet ee ee a he ten tir rile . = hg Fate eet eee Se en

Fig. 1. Pandanus yaina: A. syncarp X 1/4. B. few-carpellate phalange X 1/2. C. multicarpellate phalange x 1/2.

DI, phalange in transverse section X 1/2: D2, phalange in longitudinal section X 1/2, E. phalange from above X

1/2. F. carpel apex and stigma X 21/2. G. habit of pistillate tree x 1/100.

290

finely dentate along margins and midrib, white, soft, caducous, decreasing in length and

width towards inflorescence apex. Staminal branches to 12 cm long, with numerous

staminal phalanges to 25 mm long, those near the rachis longest, a few with a narrow

bracteole to 25 mm X 3 mm, minutely dentate along the margins. Stamens numerous,

filaments 4 mm X | mm, anthers 5~6 mm long, terminated by a fine apiculus to 1 mm

long. Figs 1-3.

Distribution: North-eastern Cape York Peninsula, on the coastal lowlands and ranges to

the western slopes of the Great Dividing Ra. to at least 350 m alt., from just south of

Coen (14°10’S, 143°14’E) to the Dulhunty River (11°49’S, 142°29’E) with a small outlying

occurence near Batavia Landing (12°11’S, 141°56’E) on the lower reaches of the Wenlock

River in north-western Cape York Peninsula.

Queensland. Coox District: Tozer’s Gap, 22 Jan 1982, Tucker 327 (staminate) (BRI, QRS); same location &

date, Tucker 328 (holotype) (QRS).

Etymology: The specific epithet comes from the Lockhart River Kuuku-ya’u and Uutal-

nganu dialects names for this plant: “Yaln-a’.

Relationships: P. yaina is closely related to P. solms-laubachii the type of Pandanus

section and series Austrokeura. Section Austrokeura B. Stone as circumscribed by Stone

(1978) is represented in Australia by the series Austrokeura B. Stone and Spirales B.

Stone, which he considered had two morphological and geographical/environmental

extremes, Differences between the series are summarised in Table I.

Austrokeura Spirales

adult leaf dentation + dentate throughout + entire

phalange elongate, many carpels, rotund, few carpels,

sulcate, red to yellow + smooth, reddish

carpel apex pyramidal ) oblate to low conic

distribution eastern Queensland western Cape York Pen-

insula, N.T. & northern

W.A,

habitat moist savanna to seasonally dry savanna

swampforest

Intermediates between the series do occur particularly in areas that combine dry

savanna and permanently moist swamps and swamp forest, as in parts of eastern coastal

Queensland, Cape York Peninsula and the northern Northern Territory. Stone (1978)

suggests a possible ‘hybrid belt’? bridging the two series, so great 1s the mixing of

characteristics in some regions. Generally, however, there is a conspicuous conformity

to the morphology of the series within their respective regions. Section Austrokeura

occurs over most of northern Australia and extends into New Guinea and nearby

Moluccan islands.

P. solms-laubachii occurs on the coastal lowlands and ranges from about Ingham

(18° 445’S, 146° 10’E) to Cooktown (15° 20'S, 145° 10’E) and extends on to the lower

tablelands to at least 600 m alt. It is variable and numerous described species have been

referred to it (Stone, 1974). Some combine features of series Spira/es; for example, red

pericarp, low conic carpel-apices, reduced carpel number and variable adult leaf dentation

ranging from partially entire throughout to entire on one margin. It 1s frequently found

growing in open sites along seasonal watercourses and rarely in deep, permanent water.

The leaves tend to be somewhat glaucous, straight and not arching, the pericarp hardly

edible and basal stolons variable but sometimes up to 10 m long.

291

sor PORN RR

Me aie Min noe el aims uy «ll

nla a ls be thorny Ma ANT WENCH AL A a

Tatas oH Ws Soo fe FHA he rH

te”

ass

“5.0

“Sis

iba

PE Pod

£55

a, T+

eae

Pid ©

rue

"+= 2

; =

ARMA Wrriaimeerrriermuartew Frm awit SRY HWW WU aA LAA Adkins BMH UA Ge us by ts ms Far Ey cng

» " é aad

wy * , ” ' » »

" » 4 "er ” oa a " r °

"y a’ Mo ” r ° » " »” La " o y 9 a yet “i oe ”

aa | cao Te, F F 1 . yo ato ’ ~ ow” » ™y La Sa ph Aa avi ml et thn

» * " r i [a » oy” ' Phy * » h + 3! owe I Mead » ert? ba 2 ”

L ” » » LJ we ad a

is / te » im va ” oy a ry » * ” we ry »

oo yom r » 4 » » » » > ee ae ee ”

. i Lg » eat roe ~ 14 Hy , “ow be i a 7 a iad “. . £ “ 4 Tape} a : y vk ~~, "wr

i wt ee “ye * »™ ee rT ee ae Crs : We Ni ae a a

aw", at ae er wey” hw ’ ye 5 Wet Ly ch 7h ”

aye Sata: ™ w _” es ° year * a ee , 4 oo hae ” 4 * al by b bal i r _*

ee ee 8 eS ek BL ton dy ter pn. Ba fe

r) *

Teed et ** we net ,/ yh? a ae Beare ee

~~ boy hey ez ae? 4k st pee ae gt tty oly oe

ae »™ ae PL ae tk A es SL Me ye him » ay

4 1 y >» wht yh , Pye Se ee ae 2 a ow

, a ee nT oe rc? tiers A en a ee

a es ae a er en

4 ” y > a» er aay wey Pe ee | ”

w ’ ~~ » 1) » yy +o oe rid Wy La ard +

, Ma wy » area teer aa A ee re .

: ® $ ¢ id ‘ ar LA He ee Ls

a a a ” “ a » ‘ 4 ee ee Le re

b . Ps 4 a 7 oF " i 4 Sari. RA eh Rry te

oS ; , ts ’ ‘ - ‘ "tas eae Ty ea ty te ae bee

‘: r 4 h , ¢ * » " ic a, ne pe rm wer a

, , . 1 , ™ " so4 * Le i a A hh Oe ke a das

ro ; . P ’ » n . , P Ale Foe ee ary ey et 4 heh

, a , " . ; " } A " ‘ 5 + 4 on eae a oa ant aieh oe oe? eo ty

' a: Ok, ' . wn * * si * “ ae bye moh “hate Bote "

4 “ yy» ho . "4 uy 4 ro i am beget a

a ” » b w ” ) Cm ” ry

" , yo» me * re > hy " rT i oS ‘ y

¥ oh » " woe wow aed * yal +

, 4 is ra * " 4 \ + ie be , F Arr ae ~ et ee ae ie “ye

* t] » r i " k » cy . “wo Py yo we Oe ae ee Pit y hey" ’

4 1 4 * ven ’ 2 ey at el wo ee te ye hae ae ea athe ot io

" y mo * "ye ye PS "yhoo ” ar) i wood "y hy aia hoe toad ee A hd Gar Pal See | eae

ry poms ph > feo ” oo oy ow 4 " ” = * w ae Le re) Ca er a ee an) ey eh Oy mh, i ars or

» > » wy he er) ee " " Md wey cay a) r Le eee a yp

" sob » a hy My * 0 Daye yo Pee ee eh "h 1 yl fi ia

ne op yah ae tae am) my rant wt Par ae t haan} ne a yinie re ety Tye -* ate ts

Pi a Ne ee a a ee ere ee ee hr es nL Ld he at HO be a he ae ee Be

Se EE BC Ey i ee ee TU ae SIAN te

ini ud] ee LAL Ae ee hy 1, Lae

; we a te ee athe *

rete tel ADELE tr

_ an Lo aa “4 a

‘gre ” tn ee . at oT]

OS an a een neigh ee Ty

Arbo oh Dn saan

rae: ar

Dea

iad

an =

ett

gis

w tt

agi

; BI,

m above. D,

on X 1/2

C2, fro

x 1/2. B. leaf m

10n

, in transverse section

, Cl

Xx and transverse sect

base X 1/2

Nate leaf. A. leaf a

Pisti

B2, from above. C. lea

transverse section

Fig. 2. Pandanus yaln

pneumatophore X 1/3.

Piha fet eek ah ah

UBER IRN Sa Bea plea

292

ie lee a ltetegtiven eile Absa ts

wets t addy ye eee Spy eb tate p ys ot

}

1/6. B. branch with bracteole and

1/3. E. leaf m

_—

“3

x F

i> do

3 2P

rend

a so

—~™*

Dias om

Hct

vm at)

al ae)

ase

hes

x x

2.9.9

oD > oD

o © ov

gas

tf >

Onn

Ga oO ©

E> >

ae =

mee

ers

5, oh

ceat

“wd ta OK

Ea,

ga wn

Ti me

5 =

Sis &

ron,

wn x

— EO

aban eas

Ry 2

Bate &

2-265

st Remi Saw

aS.

amt (OM

fetes 7 LL]

at tH eM as ee hae oe baat

SEEDERS Vea od Ad ae EE oe gether can ott og VEILED BRUT igh

293

By contrast P. yaina is uniform throughout its range, has arching, broader, glossier

leaves and edible yellow to orange-yellow pericarp. It always grows in sites which are

permanently moist or wet, sometimes in very deep water (to 1.5 m) which becomes

rather acidic at the end of the dry season. Vegetation types range from sedge/fern swamps

through to broadleaf swampforest, riverine gallery forests and mangrove margins, rarely

littoral strand around freshwater soaks, rainforest and (brackish) mangroves. This species

also displays a higher degree of sexual dimorphism than does P. so/ms-laubachii. The

males are often shorter and more richly branched, the branches being equal axillary

pairs, resembling dichotomies, whereas in P. selms-laubachii it is mostly difficult to

distinguish the sexes without fruit or inflorescence evidence.

P. yalna juveniles often produce leafy stolons from the lower axillary buds,

particularly when growing in deep water in an open situation. These stolons grow down

to the soil/water level and become repent for wp to 2 m, then grow into trees similar

to, but often larger than, the parent. In shady sites the trees can grow to 20 m and are

usually single-stemmed, although they produce a few leafy shoots on the lower 3 m of

trunk. Figs 1G, 3G. With its semi-glossy, broad and arching leaves and preference for

shaded, wet sites, P. yalna is unique amongst members of section Austrokeura and

appears to be primitive, its relatives being, for the most part, well adapted to life in

seasonal savannas where they tolerate regular burning and droughts. Such a habitat is

pple only recently exploited by Pandanus, the bulk of species of which are rainforest

plants.

The fruits are distributed by water and various animals (flying-foxes, birds, rats,

etc.) and the pollen is insect distributed with wind playing a doubtful role. The trees

generally grow in such sheltered situations that air movement around the leaf crowns

sufficient to carry pollen to adjacent females would be greatly limited. At anthesis the

inflorescences are distinctly hot and produce a strong scent. Inflorescence temperature

elevation and its bearing on scent production and pollination in Pandanus is a new area

of study and more detailed mention will be made of it in a separate section below.

Ethnobotany: In the Lockhart River region P. yalna is abundant and was formerly of

some importance to the local Aboriginal people. Here all Pandanus come under the

generic name “Tangka” and each has a particular name. The ‘maui’ (fruits) of “Yaina’

were eagerly sought when ripe, the older people recruiting young boys to climb the tall

trees. The fruit and entire leaf-crown were harvested. The soft basal part of the pericarp

was eaten raw, having httle calcium oxalate, unlike fruits of other species of section

Austrokeura. The tender growing point and young leaves were eaten raw, being similar

to palm ‘cabbage’. The fruits have an unusual scent, like soap and ripe pineapple together,

but the taste is far from unpleasant, being more like oily pineapple with a very faint

suggestion of starch.

The leaves are still occasionally harvested and after removal of the ‘aka’ (marginal!

prickles and midrib) are cut into thin strips, dried and woven to make the ‘urrkutu’, a

headband worn by the young men during the final ceremony of their initiation. P. zea

St. John (Kaku-lamuw’) is the preferred species for this purpose but the leaves of P. yaina

are used when the former is unavailable.

In October 1980 I observed a very distinctive and handsome Pandanus growing

near Wachi (creek) in the Lockhart River Aboriginal Reserve (12° 49’S, 143° 20’E). This

tree, although sterile, exhibited characteristics of sections Austrokeura and Australibrassia

St. John. It was revisited in August 1981, and another similar tree located nearby.

Another sterile tree was located 20 km away at Quintel Beach (12° 48’S, 143° 30’E) in

December 1981. In May a fertile pistillate tree of this taxon was discovered near the

Lockhart River Aboriginal Community. Its fruit morphology was intermediate between

that of the putative parental sections. It is here named P. X nullumiae R. Tucker. It is

the first hybrid in the genus to be formally described.

The recognition of an intersectional hybrid raises the question as to whether or

not the putative parental sections deserve sectional as opposed to subsectional status.

Austrokeura was raised to its present position from subsectional level within Pandanus

on the basis of the distinctive morphology of this group (Stone 1978) while Australibrassia

was originally afforded sectional status within a totally different infrageneric classification

294

system (St John 1960). However, recent field studies have indicated that section Aus-

tralibrassia is not clearly defined. I expect further studies will support the reduction of

Austrokeura and Australibrassia to subsectional level within section Pandanus.

Pandanus X nullumiae R. Tucker, hybrida naturalis inter P. yalna R. Tucker et P.

conicum St. John ab illo statura parviore, paucioribus radicellis in trunco et

radicibus et ramis, foliis angustoribus, syncarpio pendulo, phalangibus paucioribus

et serminibus paucioribus sed latioribus, a hoc amplioribus, pluribus longioribus

erectis radicellis in trunco et radicibus et ramis, latioribus pallentibus phalangibus

pluribus paginis sulcatis et seminis angustioribus differt. Typus: COOK DISTRICT:

Lockhart River Aboriginal Reserve, Unchi Creek, 19 May 1982, Tucker 376

(holotypus QRS),

Trees erect or leaning, 8(-10) m high, little to much branched above, branches whorled.

Trunk 4 m X 20 cm, rarely with a few adventitious stolons near the base, prop-roots

few to numerous, 35 cm X 3-5 cm, with longitudinal rows of short prickle-like to erect,

linear adventitious rootlets, bark grey to brown with scattered erect rootlets, leaf-scars

indistinct. Branches spreading to ascending, to 6 m long, bark tan-brown to grey, leaf-

scars conspicuous, each bearing an axillary adventitious shoot 3-4 mm diam. Leaves in

terminal rosettes, to 2 m X 5 cm, arching from the base, bent about midway, linear,

acuminate with a fine subulate apex, coriaceous, margins and midrib beneath dentate,

upper surface semi-glossy mid-green, paler and semi-glaucous beneath with a pale brown

area at base, the base with a shallow keel, 75 mm wide, margins ascending, basal 5-12

cm entire, then with antrorse prickles [~2 mm long, 7- 10 mm apart, at midway the leaf

with a shallow keel, asymmetric,.5 cm wide, the laminas + drooping towards the margins

where the antrorse prickles 1-2 mm long, 7-15 mm apart, a few retrorse, 30 cm below

the apex, the leaf 1 cm wide, keeled, margins and midrib with antrorse prickles 0.5-1

mm long, 2-4 mm apart. Syncarp terminal, pendulous, pedunculate, bracteate, spherical,

17 cm diam., phalanges 65, multicarpellate. Peduncle 30 cm X 2 cm, trigonous, bracts

to 35 cm long, eroded, dry, dark brown to black. Phalanges 40-50 mm X 25-35 mm,

widest about the middle, base and apex + truncate, in cross-section + hexagonal, carpels

5-15, minutely papillose above, smooth below, the whole with numerous shallow

longitudinal sulci. Carpel apices pyramidal, stigma terminal, horizontal to oblique, linear

to circular, 1.5-2 mm long. Pericarp fibrous, lower part succulent, endocarp median,

dark brown, bony, seeds median, fusiform to cylindric, 10-15 mm X 3-4 mm. Receptacle

ovoid, 75 mm long, with acute apiculum. Male inflorescence unknown. Figs 4 & 5.

Distribution: The hybrid is known from only three locations, all within the Lockhart

River Aboriginal Reserve. However, it is expected that further locations will be discovered

in the vicinity of Lockhart River and perhaps other parts of north-eastern Cape York

Peninsula.

Etymology; The epithet of the hybrid honours Mrs Nullum Marrott, of Lockhart River

Aboriginal’ Community, custodian of the women’s ceremonial culture (in particular the

women’s dances performed during initiation rites) for her support as ‘Paapa-muka’

(ceremonial and substitute mother) during my initiation and for her advice regarding

Pandanus locations.

‘That P. X nullumiae is a hybrid between P. yalna and P. conicus is indicated by

its intermediate morphology and association with the putative parents, a comparison of

which is summarised in Table 2.

P. conicus is a widespread, variable species occuring over much of the range of

P. yalna from is southern limit extending north to Cape York. It is common and

gregarious in littoral closed forests, brackish riverine gallery forests, on mangrove margins,

and in almost any situtation that excludes highly competitive climbers such as Calamus.

Because of this wide ecological amplitude it is frequently associated with other species

of Pandanus. It does not occur, however, in dense rainforest, on sites subjected to regular

burning, and in open swamps and deep water. Because it is absent from water, it rarely

forms an association with P. yalna. In the few locations where it has been ‘observed

with P. ya/na it occurs in rather broad ecotones between gallery forest and semi-deciduous

vine forest, swampforest and littoral closed forests and between gallery forest and heath.

TULA seiosnreR Anne ameroiganaEnney So RUS RAO carne ance reamed mahi eae ekbeedimirny eid tat ae he La LAY

PY AU Ue rl aire Iene rie RE ana Kaien mms i Me mmnremn i eee b Krenn emcee te EAE a Mala KEN | WS

295

Fig. 4. Pandanus X nullumiae. A. syncarp X 1/3. B. basal phalange. C. median phalange X 1/2. D. phalange in

longitudinal section X 1/2. E. phalange from above X 1/2. F. phalange in median transverse section X 1/2. G.

carpe! apices and stigmas X 3.

ASG

tae esate gt cma tt aoc mm mm ed moma

aaah AAA Aa Gea mp ald GARRe el nd ch SN EI

sme nares nanan naa many peewnmereeantiry Sine DOOR OLIe/ arte ERC ER earners kala ea HH AAA Rad RA

296

Table 2. Comparison of P. yaina, P. X nullumiae and P. conicus.

P. yaina P. X nullumiae P. conicus

leaf colour mid-green mid-green dark to mid-green

leaf length/breadth 1:27 1:40 1:56

ratio

syncarp habit horizontal pendulous pendulous

phalange no. 110-127 65 + 20

apex papillose, broad minutely papillose, smooth, crowded

gathered

stigma vertical to oblique | oblique to horizontal verticle to horizontal

seed cylindric, ends fusiform cylindric, ovoid, 10-15 mm xX

tapered, 10-22 mm 10-15 mm xX 5—7 mm

* 1.52 mm 3-4 mm

receptacle apex truncate acute acuminate

Because of the long peduncle, as in P. conicus, the synearp of P. X nullumiae

hangs below the leaves. In P?. ya/na the peduncle is short, so the syncarp is supported

by the leaves. The peduncle of P. conicus is disproportionately long compared to other

species of subgenus Pandanus in Australia.

The short adventitious rootlets on the prop-roots, trunk and branches of various

species of subgenus Pandanus are distinctive enough to be of diagnostic importance at

sectional level. Species of section Austrokeura usually have erect, narrow and rather

pliable rootlets in varying denstities, depending on environment and age of the tree.

Trees at very wet sites or in high rainfall zones often have extremely dense and long

rootlets. These often form in the axils of extant leaves and can grow through the bases

as the leaves die and decay, preventing the fibrous remains of the leaves from falling

away entirely. This results in the ‘shaggy’ appearance of P. yal/na, especially when this

covering is colonised by epiphytes. In members of section Australibrassia the rootlets

are usually short and conical with extremely pungent apices, functioning more like

prickles and apparently not adapted to gas exchange or moisture intake as in members

of sections Austrokeura Fig. 2.

In PF. X nullumiae the adventitious rootlets are intermediate in form between

these types, being somewhat erect but short and hard, with expanded or bulbous bases.

A few may approach either parental type but most are intermediate. A small amount of

leaf fibre may persist on the lower trunk, held 1n place by the adventitious rootlets, but

the trunk is generally clear of such material and as a result is usually free of epiphytes.

Hybridity: Hybrids of Pandanus have not been formally described previously and little

has been mentioned on the subject in the literature (Stone 1976, 1982a). It appears that

most pandan-rich areas contain species which retain their genetic integrity through

barriers such as ecological isolation and differences in flowering time. However, north-

eastern Cape York Peninsula offers much potential for hybridisation.

In general the topography is varied but with an extremely narrow altitudinal range

and the climate is relatively uniform. Most species are confined to particular habitats

but it is always possible to find certain locations which accomodate a number of species

together and then they are usually from different subgenera. Of the three subgenera

present in the Lockhart River area, subgenus Pandanus is the only one with more than

one species.

The potential for hybridisation between various species of Pandanus in the

Lockhart River area was clearly evident. Prior to my stay there, the staminate plants of

all species except P. zea (subgenus Lophostigma) and P. tectorius Parkinson ex Z.

(subgenus Pandanus) and their flowering times were unknown. Beginning in December

297

ng gle Pa

a ee ee td

A ee eee ed ee ed

re ee de ee a en a ey tek ye

a Re net ee re es Oe Ce ee ane oe ae i ee ot a

Le ee)

ipo NY

‘ gael ae oa

eit .~

PA aS

“eae on 7 “a * 4

ry . *

ue ks . ot I

ey at h

rye ra a a:

Airs, _ Ry ty a

tf ie

= =

F fs

7 *

a ; oi

oa . 4 a=

eerie

avast "7

a + "=

- *

ars

we eds

aie

Tim

We eget 1 * a 7 *K M

a4 be at et . ~ rt * . a agi te | afl: a 7

a 4 - a Hye 1 a. = ‘om otal nM a, et Pe bey i " ee

oy” ™ * . weet * Fi wah is Th ae Lamesa 4 ™ *y.

+" i, + oo fe " ~ Fate Cat ote Ms au cake zy i. i ‘,

Pe a yt tag eaten a ai opty ee

a n-, * ON te eg eg eR tat

ae, ea Ly ye 1 ae Fk th baht r

* a

ry) Ly ' —

= nea of teeh atm ye pitt areata h why Pion

» »

Mott wae Car ” 4 mL) 1 Hens ade a

“an a, ale _ ae Magn th Lata bench

" ‘e

Gms, "5

‘ws ra

‘ty,

“ae

o a,

TR A, GES,

SSS SANS

ala

e emer fell oa all wi

nL te natn ne TA leat

ar, :

. ths

‘ie

Lon.

D2,

B2, transverse sect

, transverse section

Bl, from above

C2, from above. D. leaf-base x 1/2

1OF)

1 branch X 1/6. B. leaf apex K 1/2

Cl, transverse sect

x 1/2

gion

. E. receptacle X 1/3. F. habit of pistillate trees x 1/140.

Fig. 5. Pandanus X nullumiae. A. deta

C. leaf mid-re

from above

298

1981, various populations in the area around Lockhart River were monitored until

flowering began. All species of subgenus Pandanus flowered synchronously over a four

week period, commencing in late January 1982, although P. tectorius flowered from

December to March it peaked during the same few wecks.

Very little is known of the phenology of the genus as a whole, but observations

of wild plants indicate that a single, short flowering period during the rainy season is

common, at least to species in subgenus Pandanus. Cultivated plants behave somewhat

differently and are probably unreliable as indicators of the flowering cycles of their wild

counterparts, particularly when conditions diminish the effect of climatic seasonality.

Whilst observing and collecting staminate and pistillate inflorescences, particularly

those at anthesis, I discovered various insects which are possible pollen vectors. These

insects were present on the staminate inflorescences of all Pandanus species (regardless

of subgenus or section) in the study area. They include native and introduced bees, large

Scarabid beetles and small Nitidulid beetles. Some of these were collected for positive

determination. Of these only the Nitidulid beetles were frequent on flowering syncarps.

There is scant information about pollinators of Pandanus. It has been assumed

that wind plays an important role in the pollination of species from exposed habitats,

such as savanna, along river banks and on the littoral strand (Stone 1982b). Evidence

obtained at Lockhart River during the course of the study indicates that such wind

pollination may not be the case at all. All Pandanus species were found to have some

degree of temperature elevation of the staminate inflorescence, both staminate and

pistillate inflorescences emitted strong and similar scents and pistillate inflorescences

exhibited nectar secretion in minute quantities on and around the stigmas. P. tectorius,

a species of the littoral strand and dunes, exhibited inflorescence temperature elevation,

scent emission and nectar secretion on both staminate and pistillate inflorescences.

Inflorescence temperature elevation has been recorded in certain families, notably

Arecaceae and Araceae, and is thought to be related to stages of floral development and

perhaps pollen shedding and stigmatic receptivity (Schroeder 1978), whilst scent and

nectar production are doubtlessly adaptations to faunal pollinators. Possibly, inflorescence

temperature elevation is a means of dispersing scents derived from volatile essential oils

produced prior to and during anthesis. Some species are rich in such oils and are tended

and cultivated in some countries as a source of perfume. In India there exists a locally

important industry based on cultivars of P. odoratissimus Lf. (subgenus Pandanus), a

species which is closely related to, and in some ways difficult to separate from, P.

tectorius. The inflorescences are gathered from cultivated male trees and the essential

oil extracted as a perfume base (Purseglove 1972).

Unfortunately I had not anticipated the temperature elevation of Pandanus

inflorescences and had no means of measuring it in the field. The temperature of

staminate inflorescences of P. tectorius, in one instance, continued to rise after they were

collected and treated with alcohol as a preservative, to the extent that I thought they

might cook themselves. Perhaps the high temperature of the specimens was caused by

their treatment. In any case I was alarmed at the heat generated inside the package of

duplicates and unpacked them in attempt to cool them down. The chemistry and

mechanics involved with this phenomenon watrant further study.

During the peak flowering period of Pandanus at Lockhart River, the absence of

wind was noticeable. At this time of the year (January to late February) the north-west

monsoon was entrenched and the Great Divide acted as a barrier to air movement from

interior parts of Cape York Peninsula. By contrast the dry-season (south-east monsoon)

commencing every May or June and lasting until December, is a time of constant south-

east winds and almost no flower production amongst the Pandanus populations. From

the available evidence it seems that the Lockhart River Pandanus are adapted to faunal

pollinators during a period when wind (as a pollen dispersal agent) would be unreliable.

There is no reason to suppose that Lockhart River is unique in this way, but knowledge

of Pandanus phenology and pollination in most other parts occupied by the genus is

lacking or at best very poor and will require much field work to remedy.

299

Allowing for the factors outlined above, it is odd that hybrid Pandanus are not

more abundant on north-eastern Cape York Peninsula. However, the narrow ecological

amplitude of some species is probably a sufficient barrier to hybridisation over much of

their distribution.

Acknowledgements

This work would not have been possible but for the assistance kindly given by

the following people: Dr B.C. Stone (University of Malaya) whose shared knowledge,

encouragement and patience are greatly appreciated, Dr Betsy Jackes (James Cook

University of North Queensland) who kindly assisted with the manuscript and offered

invaluable advice, Di McNamara (Botany Secretary, James Cook University of North

Queensland) for typing the draft, Mr B. Hyland (Queensland Regional Station) for his

co-operation and assistance with materials in the field and Herbarium, Mr L. Pedley

(Queensland Herbarium) for the Latin diagnoses and criticism of the draft; and finally

I am eternally indebted to the people of Lockhart River Aboriginal Community, in

particular Mr M. Ommenyo (Chairman, Community Council), Mr and Mrs Daniel

Hobson, Mr Alexander Sandy and Mrs Nullum Marrott and family, for their great

understanding, support and for sharing their culture, language and land without hesitation.

References

PURSEGLOVE, J.W. (1972). Tropical Crops: Monocotyledons. London: Longman Group Ltd.

SCHROEDER, C.A. (1978). Temperature Elevation in Palm Inflorescences. Principes 22(1): 26-29.

ST Se dat (1960). Revision of the genus Pandanus Stickm. Part 1. Key to the sections. Pacific Science 14:

STONE, B.C. (1974). Towards an improved infrageneric classification in Pandanus (Pandanaceae). Botanische

Jahrbucher 94: 459-540.

STONE, B.C. (1976). The Pandanaceae of the New Hebrides, with an essay on intraspecific variation in Pandanus

tectorius. Kew Bulletin 31: 47-70.

STONE, B.C. (1978). Notes on the genus Pandanus (Pandanaceae) in Western Australia. Nuytsia 2: 236-253.

STONE,B.C. (1982a). Pandanus tectorius Parkins. in Australia; a conservative view. Botanical Journal of the

Linnean Society 85: 133-146.

STONE, B.C. (1982b). New Guinea Pandanaceae: first approach to ecology and biogeography. Monographiae

Biologicae 42: 401-436.

300

Austrobaileya 2(3): 300-304 (1986)

PROTASPARAGUS AFRICANUS (ASPARAGACEAE)

A SERIOUS WEED FOR SOUTH-EASTERN QUEENSLAND

J.G. Conran

Botany Department, Monash University, Clayton, Vic. 3168

and P.I. Forster

Botany Department, University of Queensland, St Lucia, Qld 4067

Summary

Protasparagus africanus, an introduced weed from South Africa, is described and figured. Notes on its distribution

and ecology are given with a key to the naturalised taxa of the Asparagaceae in Australia. The new combination

Protasparagus densiflorus cv. Sprenger! is made based on Asparagus sprengeri Regel.

Since the early 1970’s, specimens of the Southern African Protasparagus africanus

(Lam.) Oberm. (Asparagaceae) have accumulated in Queensland herbaria. Introduced as

a garden ornamental, this may be the plant mentioned by Bailey (1909) as Asparagus

racemosus Willd. (= Protasparagus racemosus (Wilid.) Oberm.) as ‘A very troublesome

weed’, although it is possible that he was referring to the native P. racemosus (Willd.)

Oberm. P. be, eyamege has now become naturalised in a number of localities in south-

eastern Queensland. Fig.1.

Obermeyer (1983, 1984) considered that the species referred to Asparagus by Baker

(1875) and Jessop (1966) were better considered as belonging to three separate genera.

This approach has been followed by Clifford & Conran (1986). A total of nine species

of the Asparagaceae are found in Australia, Asparagus (1), Myrsiphyllum (3) and

Protasparagus (5), but only P. racemosus is native. The naturalised species occur in

eastern or southern Australia, with 4. asparagoides (L.) Willd. also in Western Australia.

Other species, many with distinctive horticultural forms, are commonly cultivated

and further naturalisations may occur. Huttleston (1970) reinstated the distinctive

orticultural form of A. densiflorus (Kunth.) Jessop, previously known as A. sprengeri, as

a cultivar he named A. densiflorus cv. Sprengeri. As this now belongs in Protasparagus,

a new combination for this cultivar is made here.

Protasparagus densiflorus cv. Sprengeri (Regal) Conran & P. Forster, comb. nov.

Asparagus sprengeri Regel., Act. Hort. Petrop. 11: 302 (1890). Type: described from

a cultivated specimen from Durban, fide Jessop (1966) n.v.

The naturalised species of the Asparagaceae in Australia are distinguished by the

following key. Apart from P. africanus, only Myrsiphyllum asparagoides is regarded as

a serious weed, while the other species keyed are only minor garden escapes.

1. Flowers unisexual.......................,..... Asparagus officinalis L.

Flowers: hermaphrodite ~ 2-0-2. ek eee ee Go et ee ee ee oe a en ee 2

2 ACrial StEMS ANNUAY Sx ayn ace teow Goes ne woe pees a ee Bo ee en Heke a

Aerial stems perennial .............. 5

3. Fruit pale bluish-grey ........... - Myrsiphyllum declinatuns (L. yOberm,

Fruit red . , esa eee ee

4. Cladodes single ai ‘lsat wails. broadly Tnceniati. oe a _M. asparagoides

Cladodes 3 per leaf axil, narrowly lanceolate .. .. M. scandens (Thunb.)Oberm.

5. Inflorescences racemose .. 1... 1... ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee §

Inflorescences not racemose ........ 2... ce ee ee ee pe ee ee YW

30 |

6. Cladodes flattened .............. Protasparagus densiflorus (Kunth.)Oberm.

Cladodes subulate............0....................... P. racemosus

7. Plants not climbing, spines absent .............. P. virgatus (Baker) Oberm.

Plants climbing, spines present ...... 0... 0. 0... ce ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee 8

8. Berries black; flowers few, terminal............ P. plumosus (Baker) Oberm.

Berries orange-red; flowers numerous, axillary ................ P. africanus

Three species, M. asparagoides (as A. asparagoides (L.) Wight), P. densiflorus (as

A. densiflorus (Kunth) Jessop) and P. plumosus (as A. setaceus (Kunth.) Jessop) are also

recorded as naturalised on Lord Howe Island (Rodd & Pickard 1983).

Bundaberg

Maryborough ~~ oy

Kingaroy Oo,

{ ©

BRISBANE Yo ¢

Foowoomba tx rm : \ :

DPS

50 km ,

Fig. 1. Distribution of Protasparagus africanus based on herbarium specimens.

302

Protasparagus africanus (Lam.) Oberm., 8S. Afr. J. Bot. 2: 243 (1983). Asparagus africanus

Lam., Encyl. 1: 295 (1783). Type: Cape Province without precise locality, Sonnerat

s.n. (P) 1.¥.

Vigorous, fibrous rooted, rhizomatous, woody-stemmed climber to 3—5 m high.

Cladodes numerous, in fascicles, 8-15 mm long, ascending, arcuately curved, subulate

to flattened. Axillary spines well developed, to 15 mm long. Stems to 10 mm diam.,

longitudinally striate, dark reddish-brown. Flowers axillary, rarely terminal, few to

numerous per axil, 5-7 mm diam., white. Pedicels 2~3 mm long, pericladium 3-7 mm

long. Tepals 2.5-4 mm long, 1-2 mm wide. Stamens 2.5-3.5 mm long; filaments + erect,

1,.5—~3 mm long; anthers 5 mm long, yellow. Ovary ovoid to globose, 1~2 mm long; style

capitate to minutely trifid, ca 1 mm long. Fruit a berry, 5-6 mm diam., bright orange-

red, single-seeded. Seed globose, 3-4 mm diam., shiny, black. Fig. 2.

Queensland. BURNETT District: Wheelbarrow Ck, Yerilgah Stn, 16 km SSE of Mt Perry, Sep 1985, Forster 2196

(BRI); Kingaroy, roadside of Malar Rd, Oct 1976, Wenzel 77 (BRI). Wipe Bay District: Dallarnil, ca 16 km

from Biggenden on the Childers Rd., Stanley & Ross 97 (BRI); Mothar Mountain near Gympie, Nov 1978, Burke

2 (BRI). MORETON District: Eagle Heights, entrance to Palm Grove National Park, Mt Tamborine, Dec 1979,

C. Sandercoe s.n. (BRI); roadside, N of Haigslea, NW of Ipswich, Apr 1978, Elsol 276 (BRI); Uni. of Qd mine,

Indooroopilly, May 1984, Conran 164 (BRI, BRIU, NSW, MEL, PRE); | km NW of Tallegalla, 4 km SW of

Marburg, May 1984, Conran 165 (BRD, Aug 1985, Forster 2089 (BRI); Guyatt Park, Brisbane R., St Lucia, Jun

1984, Conran 226 (BRI): Uni. of Qd, St Lucia, Sep 1984, Conran 261 (BRI).

Ecology: This species is most prominent in remnant semi-evergreen vine thicket/brigalow

forest communities, particularly in the Marburg—Boonah districts, and is also present in

many moist gullies and places of disposal for garden rubbish. The most noticeable

‘characteristics of this exotic, is its apparent ability to outcompete and smother much of

the native vegetation among which it occurs.

A study comparing the naturalised Myrsiphyllum asparagoides (L.) Willd. (as

Asparagus asparagoides (L.) Wight) and the native Clematis microphylla DC. (Ranun-

culaceae) in Western Australia (Fox 1984), found that the exotic had more viable seed

which germinated at higher temperatures and established faster. Fox considered that

these characteristics may enable M. asparagoides to successfully compete with C. micro-

phylla, which has obvious implications for long-term community floristic composition

and eradication of the alien.

In south-eastern Queensland, it has been observed that the Silvereye (Zosterops

lateralis lateralis (Latham)) (M. Tucker, personal communication, 1985) and the Southern

Figbird (Sphecotheres viridis vieilloti Vig. & Horsf.) feed on the ripe fruit of P. africanus.

If these birds also effectively distribute the seed, the potential range for the weed is

much greater than its known range, ignoring establishment and survival constraints. Fig.

In addition, Clifford & Hamley (1982) recorded the dispersal of an Asparagus

(Protasparagus) species by Physignathus leseurri (Gray) (Agamidae) in the Moggill area

of south-eastern Queensland. Although they listed the species as A. retrofractus, this is

uncommon in that area and the seedlings they discussed were probably those of either

P. africanus or P. plumosus.

While P. africanus occurs primarily in disturbed communities, its presence in

remnant semi-evergreen vine thicket/brigalow forest communities has implied long-term

ecological and genetic consequences. These remnant patches of vegetation, although

individually small in size, possess a diverse flora including several rare and endangered

taxa and are in many instances the only indication of the original more widespread

vegetation of the area.

Due to this diversity, 1t would not be advisable that widespread herbicidal use is

undertaken for control. Stockard et a/. (1985) assessing rainforest regeneration at Wingham

Brush, New South Wales, found that a combination of manual removal and selected

herbicidal usage, based on a flexible management approach, was reasonably successfull

in the control of exotic vines. This weed does not pose a major threat to agricultural

productivity, and as such, infestations of it in native vegetation on private land are

unlikely to receive attention from landowners. This paper aims to draw attention to this

weed with the hope that interested landowners and conservationists will initiate eradi-

cation programs, while preserving the native vegetation.

303

Bs iu

’ =

‘a

4 ra

b FE

ro gs

a Fs

es,

‘\eneeeeaweus.o =

TY JGConcon |485

ZX? Sic ;

aS SWS :

+. =

Fig. 2. Protasparagus africanus. A. fruiting branch < 5/8. B. mature stem showing axillary spines X 5/8. C. open

vets x 6. D. partially opened flower showing pedicel and well developed pericladium X 6. All from Conran

164.

304

¥ “4

: . x

' A

1°

‘-*".

! ,

}

f me

F ;

i *

‘. '

ee \

‘ K ¢

‘ a % / .

‘\ get \ / :

* ee ~ \ ‘

=e \ ont rT

\ a”

oe”

Fig. 3. Distribution of native avifauna known to feed on Protasparagus africanus, box indicates known area of

naturalisation;, dotted line indicates distribution of Sphecotheres viridis (after Ford 1975, Blakers ef al. 1984),

dashed line indicates distribution of Zosterops lateralis (after Blakers et al, 1984).

References

BAILEY, F.M. (1909). Comprehensive Catalogue of Queensland Plants. Brisbane: Government Printer

BAKER, J.G. (1875). Revision of the genera and species of Asparagaceae. Botanical Journal of the Linnean

Society i4: 508-632.

BLAKERS, M., DAVIES, S.J.J.F. & REILLY, P.N. (1984). The Atlas of Australian Birds, Melbourne: Melbourne

University Press.

CLIFFORD, H.T. & CONRAN, J.G. (1986, in press). Liliaceae (in part). In A.S. George (ed): Flora of Australia

Vol. 45. Canberra: Australian Government Publishing Service

CLIFFORD, H.T. & HAMLEY, T. (1982). Seed dispersal by Water-Dragons. Queensland Naturalist 23: 49

FORD, J. (1975). Systematics and hybridization of Figbirds Sphecotheres. Emu 75: 163-171

FOX, J. (1984). A comparison of two climbing plant species (one native and one exotic) at Woodman Point,

Western Australia. Western Australian Naturalist 16: 11-15.

HUTTLESTON, D.G. (1970). The names of three commonly cultivated ornamental Asparaguses (Liliaceae)

Baileya 17: 58-59.

JESSOP, J.P. (1966). The genus Asparagus in Southern Africa. Bothalia 9: 31-96

OBERMEYER, A.A. (1983). Protasparagus Oberm., nom. nov.: new combinations. South African Journal of

Botany 2: 234-244.

OBERMEYER, A.A. (1984). Revision of the genus Mfyrsiphyllum Willd. Bothalia 15: 17-88

ROSS, A.N. & PICKARD, J. (1983). Census of vascular flora of Lord Howe Island. Cunninghamia 1: 267-280

STOCKARD, J., NICHOLSON, B. & WILLIAMS, G. (1985). An assessment of a Rainforest Regeneration Program

at Wingham Brush, New South Wales. Victorian Naturalist 103: 84~91

Austrobaileya 2(3): 305-306 (1986)

A NEW ALIEN SOLANUM L. (SOLANACEAE) IN

QUEENSLAND

D.E. Symon

formerly Agricultural Research Institute, Glen Osmond, S.A. $064

~ and J.T. Swarbrick

Queensland Agricultural College, Lawes, Qld 4345

Summary

Solanum abutioides (Griseb. Bitter & Lillo, a new naturalisation record for Queensland is described.

Solanum abutiloides (Griseb.) Bitter & Lillo, Repert. Spec. Nov. Regm Veg. 12: 136

(1913). Type: Near Jujuy, Argentina, Apr. 1873 Lorentz & Hieronymous 9985,

1014. n.v. Roe (1972) cites ‘prob. GOET, not seen; isotype B, as photograph F’.

Morton pach states ‘995 CORD; lectotype; B, destroyed, F photo 2759; 987

CORD; B, destroyed; 988 and 1914 B, destroyed,

Shrub or small tree 1-3 m tall, unarmed, all parts densely pubescent with abundant

glandular, stellate and multangulate hairs (sessile glandular, sessile porrect stellate with

long glandular central cell and multiseriate stalked multangulate hairs with glandular

central cell), strongly odorous, Petiole 5-10 (—29) cm long; lamina 10-15 (—18) cm long,

10-12 (-17) cm wide, ovate acuminate, margin entire or slightly undulate, 6-7 principal

lateral veins, base cordate: each leaf with two pseudostipular leaves in axil, 1.5-3 cm

long, 1-3 cm wide, ovate, ‘almost sessile or with petiole 1-3 mm long. Inflorescence at

first terminal, soon displaced by an axillary shoot, peduncle 3-8 cm long to first fork,

floral rachis forked further 2~3 times bearing 20 or more flowers; pedicel 5~7 mm long:

calyx 7-9 mm long, deeply divided, the lobes ca 7 mm long, ovate-lanceolate: corolla

ca 1 cm long, divided half its length, lobes ca 7 mm long, ovate-elliptic, densely pubescent

outside, white; filaments 1.5~2 mm long a little dilated below, anther 4 mm long, oblong,

apical pores introrse; ovary 3 mm long, oblong, densely pubescent, style 5 mm tong,

erect, stigma capitate greenish. Fruits numerous in an erect corymbose-cymose cluster;

pedicels to 2 cm long; calyx lobes to 1 cm long, enlarged to cover base of fruit; berry

ca | cm long, ovate, remaining pubescent with simple and stellate hairs, finally yellow

to orange-yellow, pulpy, Seeds ca 1.5 mm long, discoidal, light yellowish-brown, numerous,

Original distribution in north-western Argentina and southern Bolivia, along the

Cordillera Central of Bolivia and eastern Andean slopes of Argentina, Roe (1972).

Queensland. MORETON DISTRICT: stage two of the Mt Coot-tha Botanic Garden, Brisbane, in heavily disturbed

woodland, Apr 1985, Swarbrick 8043 (AD, BRD.

Roe (1972) describes this as one of the most distinctive species in the section

Brevantherum, which already includes the two alien species S. erianthum Don and 5S.

mauritianum Scop. in Australia. It is readily distinguished from these by the following

combination of characters.

Flower Colour Leaf Base Psuedo-stipules

S. abutiloides white cordate present

S. erlanthum white rounded obtuse absent

S. mauritianum liiac to purple acute to cuneate present

Seed is often listed in Botanic Garden seed indices and it may have been grown

in the Mt Coot-tha Botanic Garden at some time.

306

References

MORTON, C.V. (1976), A revision of the Argentine species of So/anuwm. Cordoba: Academia Nacional de Ciensias.

ROE, K.E, (1972). A revision of Solanum section Brevantherum (Solanaceae). Brittonia 24: 239~278.

CORRIGENDUM

Austrobaileya 2(2): 199-200 (1985)

Some historical collection localities in and around Brisbane. A. Bolin.

Following correspondence from Mr Manfred Cross, MP, the following additions

and corrections can be made:

Ithaca Creek, Coopers Camp-‘George Cooper was the contractor who constructed the

pipeline between the Enoggera Reservoir and the town of Brisbane. His camp was

alongside Ithaca Creek immediately to the west of Coopers Camp Road’ in the suburbs

of Bardon—Ashgrove. 27°27'/S, 152°59’E.

Peechey’s Scrub, ‘was south of Enoggera Creek, in the area now surrounded by Riaweena

Street, Payne Road and Whitehead Road’, in the suburb of The Crap. “Charles Peechey

was the tenant of the Adsett Estate, portion 171, Parish of Enoggera’.

27°27'S, 152°56’E.

Simpsons Gate, ‘Simpsons Creek would be West Ithaca Creek. The remains of his (Capt.

Simpson’s) house and an underground tank still stand on the ridge north of Sir Samuel

Griffith Drive, and his gate would have been on Simpsons Road near the junction with

Carwoola Street’, in the suburb of Bardon. 27°28’S, 152°58’E.

5. R. HAMPSON, Government Printer, Queensland

MH-~182

Work Expo 0 68

Grishane Austrate

Agri ~ Orteber

Se en ene ne naman ome SM a atte nen en ety Monn E NTE Menge EN EAPE My EUS hits BaD Did SB Baba sda tao Dade ad eh EBSD A a tad hy uM Ban eM uh Pu ay yg Eh MM a inh 3 Sy ERBEEY QA RARE DE DRM DOD SOM AEER EEE DE een REET ARRAN AE pag My Mone ntigte mtn et Pm eaten Maly Wyte bey Mitt matin tm tte n ett a Me na tHnay yt He Hn, HennanMnnL a nme Lan nnn

Pe ee en ne eT

2m tn mh mm hy Me Bhi ah a hh a hh ME Sa hh Mh Me Ha

TTT ee ee re Tee eT ee Te CTT etre hte Tet tte ee eh ee ee ee ee ee

Editorial Committee

L. Pedley (Editor)

G.P. Guymer

T.D. Stanley

Word Processing

Miss C. Watkins

Austrobaileya 2(2) was published on 29 August 1985

CONTENTS

Jedda, a new genus of Thymelaeaceae (subtribe Linostomatinae) from

Australia

J .R. Clarkson ..

Planichloa (Poaceae, Chloridoideae, Eragrostideae), a new grass genus

from northern Queensland

B.K. Simon oe

Four new species of Ipomoea L. sexbuatbaaaicrmmasat from Australia

R.W. Johnson )

The genus Goniothalamus (Blume)J.D. Hook. & Thomson Clgiesiatet

in Australia

L.W. Jessup

New combinations in Australian Annonaceae

L.W. Jessup

New species of Rhodamnia Jack Sredearrna from Australia

G.P. Guymer & L.W. Jessup

Acacia maconochieana (Mimosaceae), a new species from semi-arid

Australia

L. Pedley

Studies in Australian erases Z

B.K. Simon

A new combination and new species in Austrosteenisia Geesink

(Fabaceae-M; anNetAr)

L.W. Jessup

Laxmannia compacta (Anthericaceae), a new species from eastern Australia

P.J. Forster & J.G. Conran ......

A revision of Melaleuca L. (Myrtaceae) in northern and eastern Australia

N.B. Byrnes

Combretum trifoliatum Vent. SR DERCRaRy # a new record for Australia

J.R. Clarkson & B.P.M. Hyland

Acacia eremophiloides (Mimosaceae), a new species from south-eastern

Queensland

L. Pedley & P.I. Forster ....

Studies in Australian grasses 3

B.K. Simon

New fern records for Australia

D.L. Jones & B. Gray .

Studies in ppeurnpaalie Pandanaceae, a new species and hybrid of Pandanus

Lf.

R. Tucker ..

Protasparagus africanus (Lam.)Oberm. (Asparagaceae), a serious weed for

south-eastern Queensland

J.G. Conran & P.J. Forster .......

A new alien Solanum L. (Solanaceae) in upon

D.E. Symon & J.T. Swarbrick .. .

Corrigendum

Page

203

211

217

224

227

228

235

238

243

246

254

214

PAS

281

284

287

300

305

306

QUEENSLAND HERBARIUM

PUBLICATIONS FOR SALE

jist for

Moreton Region Vegetation Map Series - Summary Report and Species wee “4

Caloundra, Brisbane, Beenleigh and Murwillumbah by W.J.F. McDona

Elsol (1984), 247 pp., card cover.

Vegetation Survey of Queensland - South Central Queensland. Botany Bulletin N

V.J. Neldner (1984), 291 pp., illustrated, including a map, card cover.

o. 4 by

Vegetation Survey of Queensland - South West Queensland. Botany Bulletin N

D.E. Boyland (1984), 151 pp., illustrated, including a map, card covet.

Suburban Weeds by HLE. Kleinschmidt (1983), 65 pp., illustrated, softcover.

Flora of South-eastern Queensland by T.D. Stanley & E.M. Ross.

Volume | (1983), 545 pp., illustrated, hard cover.

Volume 2 (1986), 623 pp., illustrated, hard cover.

The Flora of Lamington National Park by W.J.F. McDonald and M.B. Thomas (1981);

39 pp., paper cover.

Weeds of Queensland by H.E. Kleinschmidt & R.W. Johnson (1979), 469 PP. illustr

hard cover.

Wildflowers of South-eastern Queensland by B.A. Lebler.

Volume 1 (1977), 101 pp., illustrated, soft cover.

Volume 2 (1981), 76 pp., illustrated, soft cover.

Enquiries regarding the cost and ordering of these publications sh

to Information Centre, Queensland Department of Primary Industries,

Brisbane Q. 4001.

o. 3 by

ate d,

be directed

ould oy Box 46;

Notes for Authors

Austrobaileya publishes papers relating to the flora of Queensland. All pape

refereed and the editoral committee reserves the right to reject papers.

rs are

| | | | ns-

Manuscripts must be submitted in duplicate to The Editor, Austrobatley4, ae “Old

land Herbarium, Department of Primary Industries, Meiers Road, Indooroor rlining.

4068. They should be typewritten, double-spaced, with 2.5 cm margins and no uD d layout

Pages should be numbered consecutively and a summary provided. For style “‘pheadings

recent numbers of Austrobaileya should be followed; in particular the use OF SUN” Ving.

figures

hould

ions

| Illustrations, both line drawings and photographs are to be numbered a z

in a common sequence, and each must be referred to in the text, their dimension capt

be Tht ea with the size of the printed page (12.5 by 18.5 cm). A typed list O

is required.